RPM4-AD™

Reference Pressure Monitor, Air Data Version

Operation and Maintenance Manual

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

 High pressure liquids and gases are potentially hazardous. Energy stored in these liquids and gases
can be released unexpectedly and with extreme force. High pressure systems should be assembled
and operated only by personnel who have been instructed in proper safety practices.

This instrument is not to be operated in any other manner than that specified by the manufacturer.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company All rights reserved.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of DH Instruments, a
Fluke Company 4765 East Beautiful Lane, Phoenix AZ 85044-5318, USA.

DH Instruments makes sincere efforts to ensure accuracy and quality of its’ published materials; however, no warranty, expressed
or implied, is provided. DH Instruments disclaims any responsibility or liability for any direct or indirect damages resulting from the
use of the information in this manual or products described in it. Mention of any product or brand does not constitute an
endorsement by DH Instruments of that product or brand. This manual was originally composed in English and was subsequently
translated into other languages. The fidelity of the translation cannot be guaranteed. In case of conflict between the English version
and other language versions, the English version predominates.

Products described in this manual are manufactured under international patents and one or more of the following U.S. patents:
5,142,483; 5,257,640; 5,331,838; 5,445,035. Other U.S. and international patents pending.

AutoRange, AutoZ, DH Instruments, DH, DHI, CalTool, COMPASS, parallel measurement mode, //m mode, RPM4, QDUT, Q-RPT,
RPM4-AD and SDS are trademarks, registered and otherwise, of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Document No. 550148

051115
Printed in the USA.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................... I

TABLES .................................................................................. V

FIGURES................................................................................ VI

ABOUT THIS MANUAL ............................................................ VII

1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................. 1
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW ...........................................................................................................................1
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................................................2
1.2.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................2
1.2.2 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................2
1.2.2.1 QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPT)..............................................................2
1.2.2.2 ON-BOARD BAROMETER ........................................................................................................................4
1.2.3 BATTERY AND CHARGER PACK................................................................................................................4

2. INSTALLATION .................................................................. 5
2.1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION ............................................................................................................5
2.1.1 REMOVING FROM PACKAGING..................................................................................................................5
2.1.2 INSPECTING CONTENTS.............................................................................................................................5
2.2 SITE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................6
2.3 SETUP .....................................................................................................................................................6
2.3.1 PREPARING FOR OPERATION ...................................................................................................................6
2.3.2 FRONT AND REAR PANELS ........................................................................................................................6
2.3.2.1 FRONT PANEL ..........................................................................................................................................6
2.3.2.2 REAR PANEL.............................................................................................................................................7
2.3.3 POWER CONNECTION.................................................................................................................................7
2.3.3.1 85 TO 264 VAC, 50/60 HZ VAC POWER ..................................................................................................7
2.3.3.2 BATTERY PACK ........................................................................................................................................7
2.3.4 REMOTE [ENT] CONNECTION (FOOTSWITCH OR OTHER SWITCH)......................................................8
2.3.5 CONNECTING TO MEASURE PRESSURE (PS AND PT PORTS) ..............................................................8
2.3.6 THE VENT AND ATM PORTS .......................................................................................................................9
2.3.7 CHECK/SET SECURITY LEVEL ...................................................................................................................9
2.3.8 SDS FULL TIME OFF ....................................................................................................................................9
2.4 POWER-UP AND VERIFICATION.........................................................................................................10
2.4.1 SWITCH POWER ON ..................................................................................................................................10
2.4.2 CHECK PRESSURE MEASUREMENT OPERATION.................................................................................10
2.4.2.1 CHECKING ABSOLUTE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.............................................................10
2.4.2.2 CHECKING GAUGE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ...................................................................10
2.5 SHORT TERM STORAGE .....................................................................................................................11

3. OPERATION ..................................................................... 13
3.1 USER INTERFACE ................................................................................................................................13
3.1.1 MAIN RUN SCREEN....................................................................................................................................13
3.1.2 FUNCTION / DATA KEYPAD LAYOUT AND PROTOCOL.........................................................................15
3.1.3 REMOTE [ENT] (ENTER) FOOTSWITCH ...................................................................................................16
3.1.4 SOUNDS ......................................................................................................................................................16

Page I © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.2 GENERAL OPERATING PRINCIPLES .................................................................................................16

3.2.1 Q-RPTS AND Q-RPT SELECTION..............................................................................................................16
3.2.2 GAUGE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE MEASUREMENT, DYNAMIC COMPENSATION
FOR ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE..............................................................................................................17
3.2.3 ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED MEASUREMENT...........................................................................................18
3.2.3.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING).............................................................................................18
3.2.3.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING) .................................................................................................19
3.2.4 PRESSURE READY/NOT READY ..............................................................................................................20
TM
3.2.5 PARALLEL MEASUREMENT MODE (//M ) (RPM4-AD A160K/A160K ONLY) .......................................20
3.2.6 DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE...................................................................................................21
3.2.7 AUTOZERO FUNCTION ..............................................................................................................................21
3.2.8 SDS SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................21
3.2.9 USE OF THE 12VDC BATTERY/CHARGER PACK ...................................................................................22
3.2.10 USING RPM4-AD WITH A PPC3 CONTROLLER/CALIBRATOR ..............................................................23
3.2.11 DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS SUMMARY ......................................................................................................23
3.3 DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS....................................................................................................................24
3.3.1 [RANGE] ......................................................................................................................................................24
3.3.1.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING).............................................................................................25
3.3.1.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING) .................................................................................................26
3.3.2 [UNIT]...........................................................................................................................................................27
3.3.3 [MODE] ........................................................................................................................................................30
3.3.3.1 DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE OPERATION .........................................................................31
3.3.4 [AUTORANGE] ............................................................................................................................................33
3.3.5 [LEAK CK]/RATE OF CHANGE MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................33
3.3.6 [DISPLAY]....................................................................................................................................................34
3.3.6.1 AVG (AVERAGE) .....................................................................................................................................36
3.3.6.2 RATE ........................................................................................................................................................37
3.3.6.3 DEV (DEVIATION) ...................................................................................................................................38
3.3.6.4 RPT ..........................................................................................................................................................39
3.3.6.5 HI/LO ........................................................................................................................................................40
3.3.6.6 FREEZE ...................................................................................................................................................41
3.3.6.7 CLEAN .....................................................................................................................................................42
3.3.7 [HEAD] .........................................................................................................................................................42
3.3.8 [SDS] (SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM) .............................................................................................................43
3.3.8.1 SDS IN DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE ..................................................................................45
3.3.8.2 SDS IN PARALLEL MEASUREMENT MODE, RPM4-AD A160K/A160K ONLY .....................................46
3.3.9 [AUTOZ] .......................................................................................................................................................47
3.3.9.1 [AUTOZ] IN GAUGE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE MODE ...........................................................................47
3.3.9.2 [AUTOZ] IN ABSOLUTE MODE...............................................................................................................48
3.3.9.3 AUTOZ IN DIFFERENTIAL MODE ..........................................................................................................51
3.3.10 [ENT] ............................................................................................................................................................52
3.4 [SETUP] .................................................................................................................................................53
3.4.1 <1RANGE> ..................................................................................................................................................53
3.4.2 <2RES> (RESOLUTION) .............................................................................................................................53
3.4.3 <3STAB>......................................................................................................................................................54
3.4.4 <4UL> (UPPER LIMIT) ................................................................................................................................55
3.4.4.1 OVER PRESSURE FUNCTION ...............................................................................................................56
3.4.5 <5ATEST>....................................................................................................................................................56
3.5 [SPECIAL] .............................................................................................................................................56
3.5.1 <1AUTOZ> ...................................................................................................................................................57
3.5.1.1 EDIT AUTOZ ............................................................................................................................................61
3.5.2 <2REMOTE> ................................................................................................................................................61
3.5.2.1 <1COM1, 2COM2>...................................................................................................................................62
3.5.2.2 <3IEEE-488> ............................................................................................................................................62
3.5.2.3 <4FORMAT> ............................................................................................................................................62
3.5.2.4 <5RS232 SELF-TEST> ............................................................................................................................63
3.5.3 <3HEAD> .....................................................................................................................................................63
3.5.4 <4SDS> ........................................................................................................................................................64
3.5.4.1 <1TEMP OPEN/CLOSE> .........................................................................................................................64
3.5.4.2 <2FULL TIME ON/OFF> ..........................................................................................................................65
3.5.5 <5PREFS> ...................................................................................................................................................65
3.5.5.1 <1SCRSVR> ............................................................................................................................................66
3.5.5.2 <2SOUND> ..............................................................................................................................................66
3.5.5.3 <3TIME>...................................................................................................................................................67
3.5.5.4 <4ID>........................................................................................................................................................67
3.5.5.5 <5LEVEL> (SECURITY)...........................................................................................................................68
3.5.6 <6PUNIT>.....................................................................................................................................................70
3.5.7 <7INTERNAL> .............................................................................................................................................74
3.5.7.1 <1BARO> .................................................................................................................................................74
3.5.7.2 <2READRT> ............................................................................................................................................75
3.5.7.3 <3RPT2X>................................................................................................................................................76
3.5.7.4 <4LO VNT> ..............................................................................................................................................76

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page II

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.5.7.5 <5LOG>....................................................................................................................................................76
3.5.8 <8CAL> ........................................................................................................................................................77
3.5.9 <9RESET> ...................................................................................................................................................77
3.5.9.1 <1SETS> ..................................................................................................................................................78
3.5.9.2 <2 UNITS> ...............................................................................................................................................78
3.5.9.3 <3ATEST>................................................................................................................................................78
3.5.9.4 <4 CAL> ...................................................................................................................................................79
3.5.9.5 <5 ALL> ....................................................................................................................................................79

4. REMOTE OPERATION ....................................................... 81

4.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................81
4.2 INTERFACING .......................................................................................................................................81
4.2.1 RS232 INTERFACE .....................................................................................................................................81
4.2.1.1 COM1 .......................................................................................................................................................81
4.2.1.2 IEEE-488 ..................................................................................................................................................82
4.2.1.3 COM2 .......................................................................................................................................................82
4.3 PROGRAMMING FORMATS.................................................................................................................82
4.3.1 CLASSIC PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT ...............................................................................................83
4.3.2 ENHANCED PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT ..........................................................................................83
4.3.2.1 USING COMMAND TYPE COMMANDS .................................................................................................83
4.3.2.2 USING QUERY TYPE COMMANDS ...................................................................................................84
4.4 COMMANDS ..........................................................................................................................................85
4.4.1 PROGRAMMING MESSAGES ....................................................................................................................85
4.4.2 ERROR MESSAGESS.................................................................................................................................86
4.4.3 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTION OVERVIEW ..................................................................................87
4.4.4 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS ....................................................................................................88
4.4.5 REMOTE AIRDATA SETUP PROCEDURES ............................................................................................107
4.5 STATUS REPORTING SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 108
4.5.1 ERROR QUEUE.........................................................................................................................................108
4.5.2 STATUS BYTE REGISTER .......................................................................................................................109
4.5.3 STANDARD EVENT REGISTER ...............................................................................................................110
4.5.4 READY STATUS REGISTER ....................................................................................................................111
4.6 IEEE STD. 488.2 COMMON AND STATUS PROGRAM MESSAGES................................................112
4.6.1 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS ..................................................................................................112

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS A N D C A L I B R A T I O N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 5
5.1 OVERVIEW ..........................................................................................................................................115
5.2 CALIBRATION OF QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPT).........................115
5.2.1 PRINCIPLE ................................................................................................................................................115
5.2.1.1 PA AND PM COEFFICIENTS ................................................................................................................116
5.2.1.2 AS RECEIVED AND AS LEFT DATA ....................................................................................................116
5.2.2 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED ..........................................................................................................................117
5.2.3 SET-UP AND PREPARATION...................................................................................................................117
5.2.3.1 RPM4 A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING).................................................................................................117
5.2.3.2 RPM4 A350K/A160K (FIXED WING) .....................................................................................................118
5.2.4 RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION POINT SEQUENCE ............................................................................118
5.2.4.1 A160K Q-RPT CALIBRATION SEQUENCE ..........................................................................................118
5.2.4.2 A350K Q-RPT CALIBRATION SEQUENCE ..........................................................................................119
5.2.5 TURNING OFF ABSOLUTE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE MEASUREMENT MODES ...........................120
5.2.6 Q-RPT CALIBRATION USING CALTOOL FOR RPTS SOFTWARE........................................................120
5.2.7 EDITING AND VIEWING Q-RPT CALIBRATION INFORMATION............................................................120
5.2.8 Q-RPT CALIBRATION/ADJUSTMENT WITHOUT CALTOOL FOR RPTS SOFTWARE.........................121
5.3 ADJUSTMENT OF ON-BOARD BAROMETER...................................................................................123
5.4 RELOADING EMBEDDED SOFTWARE INTO FLASH MEMORY......................................................123
5.5 SUBASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION ............................................................................124
5.5.1 MINI MICRO BOARD .................................................................................................................................124
5.5.2 POWER SUPPLY MODULE ......................................................................................................................124
5.5.3 DRIVER BOARD ........................................................................................................................................125
5.5.4 ON-BOARD BAROMETER........................................................................................................................125
5.5.5 Q-RPT MODULE........................................................................................................................................125
5.5.5.1 HI Q-RPT MODULE ...............................................................................................................................125
5.5.5.2 LO Q-RPT MODULE ..............................................................................................................................125
5.5.6 DISPLAY ....................................................................................................................................................125

Page III © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.6 Q-RPT MODULE PNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC AND VALVE STATES .................................................126

5.6.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING) ..............................................................................................126
5.6.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING) ..................................................................................................127

6. TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................129

7. APPENDIX ......................................................................133
7.1 REMOTE [ENT] ...................................................................................................................................133
7.2 UNIT CONVERSION ............................................................................................................................134
7.2.1 PRESSURE................................................................................................................................................134
7.2.2 ALTITUDE ..................................................................................................................................................134
7.2.3 AIRSPEED .................................................................................................................................................135

8. WARRANTY ....................................................................139
8.1 OVERVIEW ..........................................................................................................................................139

9. GLOSSARY .....................................................................141

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page IV

 TABLES & FIGURES

TABLES
Table 1. Quartz Reference Pressure Transducer (Q-RPT) module designations and ranges ................... 3
Table 2. RPM4-AD packing list .................................................................................................................... 5
Table 3. Making pressure connections to RPM4-AD................................................................................... 8
Table 4. Position designators of Q-RPTs in an RPM4-AD system............................................................ 16
Table 5. Settings and what they are specific to (range, measurement mode, Q-RPT, system) .............. 17
Table 6. Summary of RPM4-AD function key operation ............................................................................ 24
Table 7. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing).................................................................................... 28
Table 8. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing) ..................................................................................... 28
Table 9. Default [UNIT] choices by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4 A160K/A160K (rotary wing).......................................................................................... 29
Table 10. Default [UNIT] choices by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4 A350K/A160K (rotary wing).......................................................................................... 29
Table 11. AutoZ ON and OFF.................................................................................................................... 59
Table 12. Security levels ............................................................................................................................ 69
Table 13. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing).................................................................................... 71
Table 14. UNIT function - available units of measure................................................................................ 72
Table 15. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing) ..................................................................................... 73
Table 16. READRT - display update rates................................................................................................. 75
Table 17. Reset – Sets............................................................................................................................... 78
Table 18. Reset – Cal ................................................................................................................................ 79
Table 19. Reset – All.................................................................................................................................. 79
Table 20. COM1 Pin Designations and Connections ................................................................................ 81
Table 21. COM2 DB-9F Pin Designations ................................................................................................. 82
Table 22. Program Message List ............................................................................................................... 85
Table 23. Error #s and Descriptions .......................................................................................................... 86
Table 24. 8 bit status byte register........................................................................................................... 109
Table 25. 8 bit standard event register .................................................................................................... 110
Table 26. 8 bit ready status register......................................................................................................... 111
Table 27. IEEE-488.2 common and status program message list .......................................................... 112
Table 28. Calibration point sequence, A160K Q-RPT ............................................................................. 119
Table 29. Calibration point sequence, A350K Q-RPT ............................................................................. 119
Table 30. Q-RPT module valve states, RPM4-AD A160K/A160K........................................................... 126
Table 31. Q-RPT module valve states, RPM4-AD A350K/A160K........................................................... 127
Table 32. Troubleshooting guide ............................................................................................................. 129
Table 33. Pressure unit of measure conversion coefficients ................................................................... 134
Table 34. DHI Authorized Service Providers ........................................................................................... 140

Page V © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FI G U R E S
Figure 1. Front panel.................................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 2. Rear panel .................................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 3. MAIN RUN screen display fields ................................................................................................ 14
Figure 4. Keypad layout ............................................................................................................................. 15
Figure 5. Battery pack/charger................................................................................................................... 23
Figure 6. Status register schematic ......................................................................................................... 109
Figure 7. Internal view.............................................................................................................................. 124
Figure 8. Pneumatic schematic and valve states, RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing) ..................... 126
Figure 9. Pneumatic schematic and valve states, RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing)....................... 127
Figure 10. Remote [ENT] connector schematic....................................................................................... 133

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page VI

 ABOUT THIS MANUAL

ABOUT THIS MANUAL

This manual is intended to provide the user with the basic information necessary to operate an RPM4-AD
reference pressure monitor. It also includes a great deal of additional information provided to allow you to
optimize RPM4-AD use and take full advantage of its many features and functions.

This manual is specific to the “-AD” configuration of RPM4 (“AD” in front panel configuration window). If
you are not using an RPM4-AD, use the general RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual p/n 550129.

Before using the manual, take a moment to familiarize yourself with the Table of Contents structure:
Sections 1, 2 and 3 should be read by all first time RPM4-AD users. Section 3 is most important for those
using the local front panel interface but should be read over by all users to familiarize themselves with
general RPM4-AD operating principles. Section 4 is for remote operation from an external computer. Section
5 provides maintenance and calibration information. Section 6 is a quick troubleshooting guide. Use it to
troubleshoot unexpected RPM4-AD behavior based on the symptom of that behavior. Certain words and
expressions have specific meaning as they pertain to RPM4-AD. The Glossary, Section 9, is useful as a
quick reference for exact definition of specific words and expressions as they are used in the manual.

For those of you who “don’t read manuals”, go directly to Section 2.3 to set up your RPM4-AD and
then go to Section 2.4 for power-up and verification. This will get you up and running quickly with a
minimal risk of causing damage to yourself or your RPM4-AD. THEN… when you have questions or
start to wonder about all the great features you might be missing, get into the manual!

Manual Conventions

(CAUTION) is used in throughout the manual to identify user warnings and cautions.

(NOTE) is used throughout the manual to identify operating and applications advice and
additional explanations.

[ ] indicates direct function keys (e.g., [RANGE]).

< > indicates RPM4-AD screen displays (e.g., <1yes>).

Page VII © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NO T E S

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page VIII

 1. INTRODUCTION

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW

RPM4-AD is a stand-alone, microprocessor driven, reference pressure monitor intended to precisely
measure gas pressure in the range of air data instruments. It is designed to provide very high
performance and extensive features combined with maximum versatility and ease of use. It is particularly
well suited as a reference air data measurement device used to validate or calibrate air data test sets.

RPM4-AD uses two quartz reference pressure transducer (Q-RPT) modules and a barometer to measure
pressure. There are two configurations. RPM4 A160Ka/A160Ka covers the altitude and airspeed range
typically appropriate for rotary winged aircraft. RPM4 A350Ka/A160Ka covers the range of altitude and
airspeed typically appropriate for fixed wing aircraft.

RPM4-AD can be controlled locally by the operator using its front panel display and keypad or remotely
by a computer using ASCII character command strings transmitted over its standard RS232 or
IEEE-488.2 interface.

RPM4-AD is a specialized air data version of the RPM4 Reference Pressure Monitor. The RPM4
Reference Pressure Monitor is available in a very wide variety of other configurations covering pressure
ranges from as low as - 3 to 3 kPa (0.4 psi) to as high as 280 MPa (40 000 psi) in absolute, gauge,
compound gauge and differential measurement modes.

Page 1 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1.2 SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Power Requirements 85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 25 VA max consumption
and 12VDC, 1.2 A
Operating Temperature Range 15 to 35 °C
Ventilation To prevent product overheating, provide proper ventilation. Allow 10 cm
(4 in.) clearance from rear panel cooling fan.
Storage Temperature Range - 20 to 70 °C
Vibration Meets MIL-T-28800D
Weight 5 kg (11 lb)
Dimensions 10 cm H x 22.7 cm W x 24 cm D (3.9 in. x 9.3 in. x 9.5 in.)
Microprocessors Motorola 68302, 16 MHz
Communication Ports RS232 (COM1, COM2), IEEE-488.2
Fuses 1 A, 250 VAC fuse, 5 x 20 mm, time lag type fuse
Internal power supply fuse not replaceable by operator: 2.5A, 250 VAC
Pressure Ranges Lo Q-RPT Hi Q-RPT Qc (sea level)
A160K/A160K 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 60 kPa (8.7 psi)
A160K/A350K 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 350 kPa abs (51 psi) 250 kPa (36 psi)
Altitude Range
A160K/A160K - 4 000 to 20 000 m (- 13 000 to 66 000 ft)
A160K/A350K - 4 000 to 30 000 m (- 13 000 to 100 000 ft)
Airspeed Range (sea level)
A160K/A160K 0 to 1020 km/hr (550 kts)
A160K/A350K 0 to 2040 km/hr (1100 kts)
Operating Medium Clean, dry, non-corrosive gas
Pressure Connections
Ps , Pt AN-4 (37º flare) male
VENT, ATM 10-32 UNF
Self Defense System (SDS™) Included. Isolates Q-RPTs from Ps and Pt test ports and vents Q-RPTs to
atmosphere.
Pressure Limits A160K Q-RPT A350K Q-RPT
Maximum working pressure 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 350 kPa abs (51 psi)
Maximum pressure without 200 kPa abs (29 ipsi) 370 kPa abs (54 psi)
damage
Maximum SDS protection 10 MPa (1500 psi)
CE Mark Available, must be specified

1.2.2 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.2.1 QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPT)

RPM4-AD includes two quartz reference pressure transducers (Q-RPT). Both are of the
absolute (Axxx) type using an evacuated, permanently sealed reference.
Axxx Q-RPTs are used to measure absolute, gauge and negative gauge pressure.
Gauge pressure is defined by offsetting atmospheric pressure and applying dynamic
compensation for atmospheric changes using the on-board barometer (see
Section 3.2.2). Airspeed is calculated from the differential pressure between the
Hi (Pt) and Lo (Ps) Q-RPTs or from gauge pressure (differential from current
atmospheric pressure). See Section 3.3.3 for additional information on
RPM4-AD measurement modes
In RPM4-AD A160K/A160K, the two Q-RPTs are sometimes used together in
parallel measurement mode (//mTM) to measure altitude or airspeed at altitude
corresponding to ambient atmospheric pressure, reducing the uncertainty on the
measurement (see Section 3.2.5).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 2

 1. INTRODUCTION

Table 1. Quartz Reference Pressure Transducer (Q-RPT)

module designations and ranges

MAXIMUM PRESSURE MAXIMUM PRESSURE

Q-RPT [kPa] [psi]
DESIGNATION
Absolute Gauge Absolute Gauge
1
A350Ka (Pt) 350 250 51 36
1
A160Ka (Ps or Pt) 160 60 23 8.7

GENERAL
Pressure Ranges Lo Q-RPT Hi Q-RPT Qc (sea level)
A160K/A160K 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 60 kPa (8.7 psi)
A160K/A350K 160 kPa abs (23 psi) 350 kPa abs (51 psi) 250 kPa (36 psi)
Altitude Range
A160K/A160K - 4 000 to 20 000 m (- 13 000 to 66 000 ft)
A160K/A350K - 4 000 to 30 000 m (- 13 000 to 100 000 ft)
Airspeed Range (sea level)
A160K/A160K 0 to 1020 km/hr (550 kts)
A160K/A350K 0 to 2040 km/hr (1100 kts)
Resolution To 1 ppm, user adjustable
Warm Up Time 30 minute temperature stabilization recommended from cold power up for
optimum performance.
Operating Temperature 15 to 35 °C
Range
Acceleration Affect ± 0.008 % /g maximum, worst axis
Allows operation ± 20° from reference plane without significant effect
1
Predicted Stability ± 0.005% of reading
Note: the two Q-RPTs in RPM4-AD A160K/A160K can be compared one
to the other to assist in identifying Q-RPT drift between calibrations

RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing)

HL Q-RPT HI or LO Q-RPT HI Q-RPT
(absolute, gauge) (absolute, gauge) (differential)
Used for: altitude with Used for: Not normally Used for: airspeed at
best uncertainty; used for air data varying altitude
airspeed at ground measurements
altitude only
2
Precision ± 0.004 % of reading or ± 0.005 % of reading or ± 0.005 % of reading or
2 Pa, whichever is 2.4 Pa, whichever is 2.4 Pa, whichever is
4 4 4
greater greater greater

Measurement ± 0.006% of reading or ± 0.008% of reading or ± 0.008% of reading or

Uncertainty
3 3 Pa, whichever is 3.8 Pa, whichever is 3 Pa, whichever is greater
4 4
greater greater
1. Predicted Q-RPT measurement stability limit (k=2) over one year assuming regular use of AutoZero function. AutoZero is
performed by the operator: against zero pressure when vented in gauge mode, by direct comparison of one Q-RPT to the
other at the line pressure in differential mode, by comparison with a barometric reference in absolute mode. Absolute
mode predicted one year stability without AutoZ is ± (0.005 % Q-RPT span + 0.005 % of reading).
2. Combined linearity, hysteresis, repeatability. Add + 1 Pa (0.00015 psi) in gauge mode for the resolution and short term
stability of the on-board barometer.
3. Maximum deviation of the Q-RPT indication from the true value of applied pressure including precision, predicted one year
stability limit, temperature effect and calibration uncertainty, combined and expanded (k=2) following the ISO “Guide to the
Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement.” Add + 1 Pa (0.00015 psi) when measuring airspeed and using the Lo Q-RPT
to display altitude.
4. % of reading applies to 30 to 100 % of Q-RPT span. Under 30 % of Q-RPT span, the value is a constant which is the % of
reading value times 30 %.

Page 3 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing)

LO Q-RPT HI Q-RPT HI Q-RPT
(absolute, gauge) (absolute, gauge) (differential)
Used for: altitude Used for: airspeed at Used for: airspeed at
ground altitude only varying altitude
2
Precision ± 0.005 % of reading or ± 0.005 % of reading or ± 0.005 % of reading or
2.4 Pa, whichever is 5.25 Pa, whichever is 5.25 Pa, whichever is
4 4 4
greater greater greater

Measurement ± 0.008% of reading or ± 0.008% of reading or ± 0.008% of reading or

Uncertainty
3 3.8 Pa, whichever is 8.4 Pa, whichever is 6.6 Pa, whichever is greater
4 4
greater greater
1. Predicted Q-RPT measurement stability limit (k=2) over one year assuming regular use of AutoZero function. AutoZero is
performed by the operator: against zero pressure when vented in gauge mode, by direct comparison of one Q-RPT to the
other at the line pressure in differential mode, by comparison with a barometric reference in absolute mode. Absolute
mode predicted one year stability without AutoZ is ± (0.005 % Q-RPT span + 0.005 % of reading).
2. Combined linearity, hysteresis, repeatability. Add + 1 Pa (0.00015 psi) in gauge mode for the resolution and short term
stability of the on-board barometer.
3. Maximum deviation of the Q-RPT indication from the true value of applied pressure including precision, predicted one year
stability limit, temperature effect and calibration uncertainty, combined and expanded (k=2) following the ISO “Guide to the
Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement.” Add + 1 Pa (0.00015 psi) when measuring airspeed and using the Lo Q-RPT
to display altitude.
4. % of reading applies to 30 to 100 % of Q-RPT span. Under 30 % of Q-RPT span, the value is a constant which is the % of
reading value times 30 %.

1.2.2.2 ON-BOARD BAROMETER

The on-board barometer is used only to measure changes in atmospheric
pressure to provide dynamic compensation of the Q-RPT’s atmospheric pressure
offset when making gauge pressure measurements and when displaying altitude
while measuring airspeed.

1.2.3 BATTERY AND CHARGER PACK

Power Requirements 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 W max consumption
Operating Temperature Range 0 to 50 °C
Storage Temperature Range - 20 to 50 °C
Vibration Meets MIL-T-28800D
Weight 2 kg (4.4 lb)
Dimensions 8 cm H x 22.5 cm W x 20 cm D (3.1 in. x 8.9 in. x 7.9 in.)
Battery Type Nickel Metal-Hydride
Battery Voltage 12 VDC
Battery Capacity Typical: 9000 mAh
Min: 8200 mAh
Charge Time Full charge from empty, 14 to 16 hours approx.
Approx. Run Time, Full Charge 8 to 12 hours

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 4

 2. INSTALLATION

2. INSTALLATION

2.1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION

2.1.1 REMOVING FROM PACKAGING

RPM4-AD is delivered in a corrugated container with polyethylene inserts to hold it in place;
or in the optional molded, medium density polyethylene shipping case with a custom foam
insert for holding the RPM4-AD.
Remove the RPM4-AD and its accessories from the shipping container and remove each
element from its protective plastic bag.

2.1.2 INSPECTING CONTENTS

Check that all items are present and have no visible damage.
A standard RPM4-AD includes all items indicated in Table 2.
Table 2. RPM4-AD packing list

DESCRIPTION PART #
1 ea. RPM4-AD Reference Pressure Monitor FAM008
1 ea. Calibration Report 550100
ACCESSORIES: 402294 (402294-CE)
1 ea. Operation and Maintenance Manual 550148
1 ea. Power Cord (7.5 ft.) 100770 (100770-CE)
1 ea. Ferrite sleeve (snap on to COM2 cable for CE) 103303
1 ea. General Accessories Disk (white CD) 102987
OPTIONAL BATTERY/CHARGER PACK 401904 (401904-CE)
1 ea. Battery/charger pack 401980

1 ea. Battery/charger pack to RPM4-AD cable 401979

1 ea. Power Cord (7.5 ft.) 100770 (100770-CE)

1 ea. Instruction Sheet 560062

Page 5 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.2 SITE REQUIREMENTS

Install RPM4-AD on a flat, stable surface at a convenient height. The front feet can be extended so that
the unit can be inclined for easier viewing. The RPM4-AD can also be mounted in a standard 19 in. rack
using the optional rack mount kit.

2.3 SETUP

2.3.1 PREPARING FOR OPERATION

To prepare RPM4-AD for check out and operation:
Remove the plastic caps from the RPM4-AD rear panel pressure connections.
Remove the protective plastic sheet from the front panel display.
Familiarize yourself briefly with the front and rear panels (see Section 2.3.2).

2.3.2 FRONT AND REAR PANELS

2.3.2.1 FRONT PANEL

1. Ready/not ready indicator 4. Cursor control keys

2. Display 5. Multi-function keypad
3. Remote activity indicator

Figure 1. Front panel

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 6

 2. INSTALLATION

2.3.2.2 REAR PANEL

1. 12VDC power supply 8. Electrical power connector

connection (IEC-320-C13)
2. Remote [ENT] connector 9. Fan
3. IEEE-488 connector 10. Product label (bottom of case)
4. COM2 connector 11. TEST (Ps), low Q-RPT
5. COM1 connector 12. TEST (Pt), high Q-RPT
6. Power switch 13. ATM port
7. Fuse 14. VENT port

Figure 2. Rear panel

2.3.3 POWER CONNECTION

2.3.3.1 85 TO 264 VAC, 50/60 HZ VAC POWER

Check that the RPM4-AD power switch is OFF.
Connect the supplied power cable to the rear panel power module.
Connect the other end of the power cable to an electrical supply of 85 to 264 VAC,
50/60 Hz.

2.3.3.2 BATTERY PACK

Charge the battery pack fully (see Section 3.2.9).
Connect the RPM4-AD 12VDC power connection on the rear panel of the
RPM4-AD to the 12 VDC power connection on the battery/charge pack using
the cable supplied with the pack.

See Section 3.2.9 for additional information on battery/charger pack

operation and maintenance.

Page 7 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.3.4 REMOTE [ENT] CONNECTION (FOOTSWITCH OR OTHER

SWITCH)
Connect the optional remote ENTER footswitch, if available or a user supplied switch fitted to
the optional cable (see Section 7.1). Connect the cable to the RPM4-AD rear panel
connection labeled REMOTE ENTER. Closing the switch is equivalent to pressing the [ENT]
key on the front panel (see Section 3.1.3).

2.3.5 CONNECTING TO MEASURE PRESSURE (P S AND P T

PORTS)
Using a pressure connecting hose or tube of appropriate pressure rating, connect the device
or system to be tested to the RPM4-AD TEST (Pt) and/or TEST (Ps) ports.
The RPM4-AD TEST (Pt) and TEST (Ps) connections are AN4 (1/4 in.) male.
See Table 3 for instructions on how to connect to the RPM4-AD TEST ports depending on
what is to be measured. See Section 5.6 for schematics of RPM4-AD TEST ports, Q-RPTs
and internal valve configurations. Typically, when testing an air data device, the air data
device Ps port is connected to the RPM4-AD Ps port and the air data device Pt port is
connected to the RPM4-AD Pt port.
Table 3. Making pressure connections to RPM4-AD

TYPE OF RPM4-AD A160K/A160K RPM4-AD A350K/A160K

MEASUREMENT
TEST(Pt) TEST(Ps) VENT TEST(Pt) TEST(Ps) VENT

Airspeed at varying Connect to Connect Not used Connect to Connect to Not used
altitude (true Ps DUT Pt to DUT Ps DUT Pt DUT Ps or
and Pt differential port or altitude port altitude port
operation) port
Altitude only, best Not used. Connect Not used Not used. Connect to Not used
uncertainty May be to DUT May be DUT Ps,
connected Ps, connected altitude or
and to DUT Pt altitude or to DUT Pt abs port
absolute pressure port abs port port

Airspeed at ground Connect to Not used. Not used. Connect to Not used. May Not used
altitude only DUT Pt May be May be DUT Pt be connected
(A160K/A160) port connected connected port to DUT or Ps
to DUT or to DUT or port
and Ps port Ps port
gauge pressure
Gauge pressure Connect to Not used Connect Connect to Connect to Connect to
DUT (+) or to DUT (-) DUT (+)or DUT (+)or DUT (-)
or gauge port port gauge port gauge port to port
negative gauge (optional) to measure measure with (optional)
pressure with Hi Lo Q-RPT
Q-RPT

RPM4-AD includes the SDS Self Defense System on both of its Q-RPTs. SDS, operated
properly, allows a the Q-RPT TEST port to be left connected to a pressure up to
10 MPa (1 500 psi) without damage to the Q-RPT. Do NOT attempt to use SDS in this
manner without first becoming thoroughly familiar with its operation and limitations (see
Sections 3.2.8, 3.3.8, 3.5.4).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 8

 2. INSTALLATION

Using the RPM4-AD connected to a system with liquid contaminants without taking
proper precautions to purge the system and test line may cause contamination of the
RPM4-AD that will require non-warranty service.

2.3.6 THE VENT AND ATM PORTS

The RPM4-AD Hi Q-RPT module has a VENT port. The VENT port is connected to the Q-RPT
Self Defense System (SDS) Q-RPT vent valves. The VENT port should always be left completely
unobstructed and open to ambient atmospheric pressure.
RPM4-AD Lo Q-RPT module has an ATM port. The ATM port is connected to the RPM-AD
internal barometer. The VENT port should always be left completely unobstructed and open to
ambient atmospheric pressure. When operating RPM4-AD A160K/A160K in parallel gauge
pressure mode to measure airspeed, the vent port may be connected to the DUT Ps or
altitude port to assure that the RPM4 and the DUT are at the same altitude setting. In this
case, altitude must remain between -700 and 3000 m (110 to 70 kPa abs).
See Section 5.6 for schematics of RPM4-AD TEST and VENT ports, Q-RPT and internal
valve configurations.

NEVER plug, obstruct or connect a supply pressure to an RPM4-AD VENT port. This will
adversely affect GAUGE mode operation and AutoZeroing functions.

2.3.7 CHECK/SET SECURITY LEVEL

RPM4-AD has a security system based on user levels. By default, the security system is set
to “low”, which includes access restriction to internal calibration coefficients, and there is no
password required to change the security level. See Section 3.5.5.5 for information on the
security level system. As part of the RPM4-AD startup, determine the security level that is
appropriate for the RPM4-AD and set a password if desired.

RPM4-AD is delivered with the security level set to “low” to avoid inadvertent altering of
critical internal settings but with access to changing security levels unrestricted. It is
recommended that the low security level be maintained at all times and password
protection be implemented if control over setting of security levels is desired.

2.3.8 SDS FULL TIME OFF

RPM4-AD includes the SDS Self Defense System on both its TEST ports to shut
them off from a pressure connected to them when they are not in use. If this
function is not desired, SDS can be turned full time off so that in regular
operation, SDS is not present. With SDS full time off, the SDS overpressure
protection is still active.
See Section 3.5.4.2 for instructions on turning SDS full time off if desired.

Page 9 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.4 POWER-UP AND VERIFICATION

2.4.1 SWITCH POWER ON

Actuate the power switch on the RPM4-AD rear panel (if a 12 VDC power supply is already
connected to the 12 VDC connection, RPM4-AD power is already on). Observe the front panel
display as RPM4-AD initializes, error checks and goes to the MAIN RUN screen (see 3.1.1).
If the RPM4-AD fails to reach the MAIN RUN screen, service is required. Record the
sequence of operations and displays observed.

SDS is CLOSED at power up and the TEST ports are shut off. This causes <SDS
CLOSED> to be flash periodically in the MAIN RUN screen in place of the measured
pressure value.

2.4.2 CHECK PRESSURE MEASUREMENT OPERATION

2.4.2.1 CHECKING ABSOLUTE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT

Check the RPM4-AD operates properly in absolute mode.
Make sure that the TEST (Ps) and TEST (Pt) ports are vented to atmosphere.
Press the [MODE] function key and select <absolute> mode (see Section 3.3.3).
Use [UNIT] to select a pressure unit of measure (not altitude) (see Section 3.3.2).
If SDS is CLOSED (<SDS CLOSED> flashes over the display of pressure on
the top line of the display), Press [SDS], <2yes> to OPEN SDS (see Section 3.3.8).

Do NOT OPEN SDS with a pressure higher than the maximum pressure of the
Q-RPT applied to the TEST port. Damage to the Q-RPT may result.

The RPM4-AD should be measuring the current value of atmospheric pressure.

Check that the value agrees with the local value of atmospheric pressure within
measurement tolerances (see Section 1.2.2.1). If RPM4-AD does not agree
within tolerance, it may need to be AutoZeroed (see Section 3.3.9), calibrated
(see Section 5.2) or repaired.

2.4.2.2 CHECKING GAUGE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT

Check the RPM4-AD operates properly in gauge mode.
Make sure that the TEST (Ps) and TEST (Pt) ports are vented to atmosphere.
Press the [MODE] function key and select <gauge> mode. Use [UNIT] to select a
pressure unit of measure (not airspeed) (see Section 3.3.2).
If SDS is CLOSED (<SDS CLOSED> flashes over the display of pressure on the
top line of the display), OPEN SDS. Press [SDS], <2yes> to OPEN SDS.

Do NOT OPEN SDS with a pressure higher than the maximum pressure of the
Q-RPT applied to the TEST port. Damage to the Q-RPT may result.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 10

 2. INSTALLATION

The value indicated should be near zero. It is normal for RPM4-AD to indicate a
value other than zero when vented when gauge mode is first entered or the
range is changed. Press [AutoZ]. This runs AutoZ to zero the Q-RPT reading
(see Section 3.3.9.1). Upon return to the MAIN RUN screen, observe that the
indication of measured pressure has zeroed.
If the display fails to zero properly, RPM4-AD may need repair.

2.5 SHORT TERM STORAGE

The following is recommended for short term storage of RPM4:

Remove pressure from the RPM4-AD TEST ports.

Switch power OFF.

Page 11 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NO T E S

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 12

 3. OPERATION

3. OPERATION

3.1 USER INTERFACE

RPM4-AD is designed to offer a balance between simple, straight forward operation and the availability of
a wide variety of advanced functions with a high level of operator discretion. The local operator interface
is through a 2 x 20 character alphanumeric display, a function/data keypad, a cursor control pad and a
Ready/Not Ready indicator.

Remote communications are by RS232 (COM1) and IEEE-488. See Section 4 for information on remote
communication.

3.1.1 MAIN RUN SCREEN

The RPM4-AD MAIN RUN screen is its home display that is reached on power-up and from
which other functions and menus are accessed. It is the very top level of all menu structures.
The MAIN RUN screen is where RPM4-AD is left in normal operation. It displays the current
measured pressure, altitude and/or airspeed as well as a variety of additional information if
desired.
Figure 3 and its legend summarize the RPM4-AD MAIN RUN screen fields and their functions.

RPM4-AD has a screen saver function which causes the display to dim if no key is pressed for
10 minutes. Pressing a key restores full power to the display. The screen saver time can be
changed or screen saving can be completely suppressed (see Section 3.5.5.1).

Page 13 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PRESSURE1UNITM hzRR
DDISPLAYFUNCION

DISPLAY FIELD NAME PURPOSE CONTENTS SECTION

1. PRESSURE1 Measured Displays value Numerical pressure value and sign. 3.2.8
pressure, measured by the Intermittently flashes <SDS CLOSED>
altitude or active Q-RPT(s) when the Q-RPT is shut off from the
airspeed TEST port by SDS.
2. UNIT Unit of Identifies unit of Unit of measure abbreviation 3.3.2
measure measure in which
pressure or pressure
derived values are
displayed
3. M Measurement Identifies measurement <a> absolute 3.3.3
mode mode of displayed <g> gauge or negative gauge
pressure or air data <d> differential
value
4. h Head Indicates whether a <h> the fluid head is not zero 3.3.7
indicator fluid head correction <blank> fluid head is zero
is applied to
PRESSURE1
5. z AutoZero Indicates whether the <z> AutoZ is ON 3.5.1
indicator AutoZero function is <blank> AutoZ is OFF
ON or OFF for the
active Q-RPT and
measurement mode
6. RR Active Indicates the active <Hi> Hi Q-RPT 3.2.1
Q-RPT Q-RPT in the RPM4. <Lo> Lo Q-RPT
indicator The active Q-RPT <HL> Hi and Lo Q-RPTs together in
measurement is parallel measurement mode
displayed on the RPM4 (A160K/A160K only)
top line. <Hd> Hi and Lo Q-RPTs together in
differential measurement mode
8. DISPLAY Information Pressure indication Numerical pressure value 3.3.6
FUNCTION specific to the depending on current and sign.
DISPLAY RPM4-AD DISPLAY
mode function. Leading
character identifies the
value
9. D Pressure Pressure information <σ> Display mode is AVERAGE 3.3.6
information indicator depending on and value is standard deviation
indicator current RPM4-AD <R> Display mode is RATE and
DISPLAY function. value is pressure or air data
unit rate of change per second
</s> or per minute </m>
<H> Display mode is HI/LO and
values high (left), low (right)
<D> Display mode is DEVIATION
and value is difference from
current target
None Display mode is RPT and value is
measurement of inactive RPT
(<Lo> or <Hi> to right)
<F> Display mode is FREEZE and
value is last captured reading
Blank, no character Current display
mode is CLEAN

Figure 3. MAIN RUN screen display fields

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 14

 3. OPERATION

3.1.2 FUNCTION / DATA KEYPAD LAYOUT AND PROTOCOL

The RPM4-AD has a function/data keypad for local operator access to direct
functions, function menus and for data entry.

1. The Function/Data keys allow very commonly 3. The Menu/Data keys provide access to
used functions to be accessed directly by a function menus when pressed from the
single keystroke when pressed from the MAIN RUN screen. The menu name is on
MAIN RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). the bottom half of the key. The SETUP
The name of the function is on the bottom menu is for more frequently used functions
half of the key. These keys enter numerical (see Section 3.4). The SPECIAL menu is for
values when editing. functions that are not generally used as a part
2. The Editing and Execution keys are for of day to day operation (see Section 3.5).
starting and suspending command execution, These keys enter numerical values when editing.
cursor control in menus and editing entries.

Figure 4. Keypad layout

Pressing the [ENT] key generally causes execution or forward movement in the
menu tree.
Pressing the [ESC] key moves back in the menu tree and/or causes execution to
cease or suspend. Pressing [ESC] repeatedly eventually returns to the MAIN RUN
screen and, from there, allows momentary viewing of the RPM4-AD introduction
screen.
Pressing the [+/-] key changes a numerical sign when editing. It also toggles
through multiple screens when available and, from some run screens, is a
shortcut to a momentary display of active RANGE.
Pressing the [ ], [ ], [ ] and [ ] keys allows up, down, reverse and
forward cursor movement when editing data entry or moving in menus.

Some screens go beyond the two lines provided by the display. This is
indicated by a flashing arrow in the second line of the display. Press the
cursor control keys to move the cursor to access the lines that are not
visible or directly enter the number of the hidden menu choice if you know it.

Page 15 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.1.3 REMOTE [ENT] (ENTER) FOOTSWITCH

The optional remote ENTER function is a switch that duplicates the function of the front panel
[ENT] key. The remote ENTER function is serviced by a connector on the RPM4-AD rear
panel. An optional footswitch is available to activate remote entry hands free or a different
switch may be used. See Section 7.1 for information on remote ENTER switch wiring.

3.1.4 SOUNDS
RPM4-AD is equipped with a variable frequency tone device to provide audible feedback and
alarms. The beeper is used for the following indications.
Valid key press Brief beep. Choice between three frequencies or NO
sound is available (see Section 3.5.5.2).
Invalid key press Descending two tone “blurp”
Leak check completed Three two second beeps (see Section 3.3.5).
Upper or lower limit exceeded Intermittent one second beeps (see Section 3.4.4).
Pmax! (overpressure limit) Eight second high frequency beep (see Section 3.4.4.1).
exceeded
Possible disconnect between Rapid beeps for 8 seconds (3.2.5).
the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs in
parallel measurement mode

3.2 GENERAL OPERATING PRINCIPLES

3.2.1 Q-RPTS AND Q-RPT SELECTION

RPM4-AD has two Q-RPTs. In RPM4-AD A160K/A160K the two Q-RPTs have of the same
range of 160 kPa absolute (23 psi). In RPM4-AD A350K/A160K the Hi Q-RPT has a range of
350 kPa (51 psi) and the Lo Q-RPT has a range of 160 kPa (23 psi). Position indication of
the currently active Q-RPT is continuously displayed in the upper right hand corner of the
MAIN RUN screen and most other screens. See Section 5.6 for a schematic of the RPM4-AD
pneumatic system and Q-RPTs. See Table 4 for position designation protocol for the Q-RPTs
in an RPM4-AD.
Table 4. Position designators of Q-RPTs in an RPM4-AD system

Q-RPT POSITION DISPLAY SYMBOL*

A160K/A160K: A160K Q-RPT installed in <Hi>
HIGH RPT (Pt) position.
A350K/A160K: A350K Q-RPT installed in
HIGH RPT (Pt) position.
Hi Q-RPT when used in differential <Hd>
measurement mode (Hi – Lo)
A160K/A160K: A160K Q-RPT installed in <Lo>
LOW RPT (Ps) position.
A350K/A160K: A160K Q-RPT installed in
LOW RPT (Ps) position.
Both Q-RPTs being used simultaneously <HL>
in parallel measurement mode (RPM4-
AD A160K/A160K only)
* The display symbol is included in the upper, right hand corner of most RPM4-
AD menu displays as a convenient indicator of the active Q-RPT.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 16

 3. OPERATION

AN RPM4-AD Q-RPT is identified by a range screen identifying the Q-RPT, its current unit of measure
and its full scale pressure in gauge and absolute measurement modes or in an air data unit. The
Q-RPT screen is:

1. Q-RPT designator.
2. Q-RPT position designator.
Active A160K Hi
3. Current pressure unit of measure.
inHg 17.7g/47.2a
4. Full scale pressure in current unit of measure in gauge (<g>) and/or absolute
(<a>) measurement mode.

The Q-RPTs available on an RPM4-AD and short cuts to specific air data measurement
modes are accessed using [RANGE].
Most settings made when an RPM4-AD Q-RPT is active, such as unit of measure,
measurement mode, display resolution, and stability setting are specific to the Q-RPT.
Generally, settings selected while one Q-RPT is active apply to that Q-RPT and not to the
other Q-RPT. The Q-RPT specific settings are stored with the Q-RPT and recalled whenever
the Q-RPT is made active. See Table 5 for a listing of RPM4-AD settings and to what level of
RPM4-AD operation they are specific.

Table 5. Settings and what they are specific to

(range, measurement mode, Q-RPT, system)

SETTING PURPOSE SPECIFIC TO SECTION

[Unit] Set pressure unit of measure Q-RPT and measurement mode 3.3.2

[Mode] Set pressure measurement mode (absolute, Q-RPT 3.3.3

gauge, negative gauge)
[Display] Set bottom line display function System 3.3.6

[Head] Set fluid head correction height, fluid, unit of System 3.3.7
measure
[SDS] Open and close SDS Q-RPT 3.3.8

[AutoZ] Run AutoZ Q-RPT and measurement mode 3.3.9

Resolution Set pressure display resolution Q-RPT 3.4.2
Stability Set Ready/Not Ready stability test. Q-RPT 3.4.3
Upper Limit Set upper and lower pressure limit alarm Q-RPT and measurement mode 3.4.4
AutoZ AutoZ ON/OFF, set and view values Q-RPT and measurement mode 3.5.1
Screen Saver, Set system user preferences System 3.5.5
Sound, Time,
ID, Level
ReadRate Automated read rate adjustment ON/OFF System 3.5.7.2
Cal Q-RPT and barometer calibration coefficient Q-RPT or barometer 3.5.7.5
and date viewing and editing

3.2.2 GAUGE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE MEASUREMENT,

DYNAMIC COMPENSATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE
RPM4-AD Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute but they are also used for gauge and negative gauge
measurement modes (see Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE). Gauge measurement modes are
achieved by subtracting the value of atmospheric pressure, Poffset,G, from the Q-RPT’s absolute
reading using AutoZ (see Section 3.2.2). The AutoZ routine that measures Poffset,G, is run by
pressing [AutoZ] whenever RPM4-AD is in the vented condition. This assures the continuous

Page 17 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

updating of the Poffset,G value corresponding to atmospheric pressure. Gauge pressure is the
measured absolute pressure, Pu, minus the atmospheric offset.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,G
However, atmospheric pressure may change between opportunities to run AutoZ and update
the value of Poffset,G, for example when running an extended test without venting. RPM4-AD
uses dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure to correct for changes in
atmospheric pressure between opportunities to run AutoZ and update Poffset,G. When AutoZ
runs, and Poffset,G is determined, the reading of RPM4’s on board barometer, Patm,0, is also
recorded. Later, when no longer vented, the change in atmospheric pressure, ΔPatm, since
Poffset,G was updated, is the difference between the current barometer reading, Patm, and the
barometer reading at the time of AutoZ execution, Patm,0:
ΔPatm = Patm - Patm,0
Dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure uses ΔPatm to correct the value of Poffset,G,
thus always compensating real time for changes in atmospheric pressure:
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,G - ΔPatm
Gauge pressure measurement on an Axxx (absolute) Q-RPT allows instantaneous switching
between gauge and absolute measurements modes. The additional uncertainty in gauge
pressure mode due to the dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure technique is a
function of the resolution and short term stability of the on-board barometer, not its absolute
measurement uncertainty. This additional uncertainty is ± 1 Pa (0.00015 psi).

In RPM4-AD A160K/A160K the two A160K Q-RPTs are used in parallel measurement
mode in gauge mode to reduce measurement uncertainty (see Section 3.2.5). Gauge
mode can be used to measure airspeed in parallel measurement mode. This provides
airspeed measurement but only at ground altitude corresponding to the current value of
atmospheric pressure (see Section 3.2.3.1).

3.2.3 ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED MEASUREMENT

RPM4-AD is designed to support the measurement of altitude and airspeed with minimal
uncertainty. See Section 3.2.3.1 for information on altitude and airspeed measurement with
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing) and Section 3.2.3.2 for information on RPM4-AD
A350K/A160K (fixed wing).

3.2.3.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING)

RPM4-AD A160K/A160K has two 160 kPa absolute Q-RPTs, one in the HIGH
RPT (Pt) position and one in the LOW RPT (Ps) position.
Air data measurements can be made in three different conditions.
The two Q-RPTs measuring two absolute pressures (Ps and Pt) separately:
airspeed at varying altitude
In differential mode, the two Q-RPTs are separated internally. One is connected
to the TEST (Ps) port and the other is connected to the TEST (Pt) port (see
Section 3.2.6).
RPM4 measures the absolute pressures applied to the TEST (Ps) and TEST (Pt)
ports. The absolute pressure measured on the TEST (Ps) port is converted to
altitude. The difference between the TEST (Pt) and TEST (Ps) pressure
(Pt - Ps) is converted to airspeed (see Section 7.2.3). If a true airspeed unit of
measure has been selected, altitude and entered temperature are also used in
the airspeed calculation.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 18

 3. OPERATION

To measure airspeed and altitude using this mode, use [RANGE] (see Section
3.3.1.1) to select the <Hi> Q-RPT or the <airspeed & altitude> shortcut. If the
shortcut is not used, once the Q-RPT has been selected, use [MODE] (see
Section 3.3.3) to set absolute and differential measurement mode and [UNIT]
(see Section 3.3.2) to set the desired airspeed unit. Use [DISPLAY], <4RPT> to
change the altitude unit if desired.
The two Q-RPTs measuring absolute pressure in parallel: Altitude only,
with lowest uncertainty
In parallel mode (//mTM), the two Q-RPTs are connected together internally, the
TEST (Ps) port is opened and the TEST (Pt) port is closed using the SDS
valves.
RPM4 measures the absolute pressure applied to the TEST (Ps) port with both
Q-RPTs and averages the two (see Section 3.2.5). The absolute pressure is
converted to altitude (see Section 7.2.2).
To measure altitude using this mode, use [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1) to select
the <HL> Q-RPT or the <altitude, parallel> shortcut. If the shortcut is not used,
once the Q-RPT has been selected, use [MODE] (see Section 3.3.3) to set
absolute measurement mode and [UNIT] (see Section 3.3.2) to set the desired
altitude unit.
The two Q-RPTs measuring gauge pressure in parallel: Airspeed at ground
altitude only
In parallel mode, the two Q-RPTs are connected together internally, the TEST
(Pt) port is opened and the TEST (Ps) port is closed using the SDS valves.
RPM4 measures the gauge pressure applied to the TEST (Pt) port with both Q-
RPTs and averages the two (see Section 3.2.5). Since the gauge pressure is the
difference from atmospheric pressure, it directly provides the differential pressure
used to calculate airspeed. The value of static pressure, Ps, is the current value
of atmospheric pressure. The gauge pressure is converted to airspeed (see
Section 7.2.3). The value of ground altitude corresponding to ambient
atmospheric pressure can also be displayed. If a true airspeed unit of measure
has been selected, altitude and entered temperature are also used in the
airspeed calculation.
To measure airspeed using this mode, use [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1.1) to
select the <HL> Q-RPT or the <airspeed, parallel> shortcut. If the shortcut is
not used, once the Q-RPT has been selected, use [MODE] (see Section 3.3.3) to
set gauge measurement mode and [UNIT] (see Section 3.3.2) to set the desired
airspeed unit.

3.2.3.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING)

RPM4-AD A350K/A160K has two Q-RPTs. A 350 kPa absolute Q-RPTs is in the
HIGH RPT (Pt) position and a 160 kPa absolute is in the LOW RPT (Ps) position.
Air data measurements are normally made in the following conditions:
The two Q-RPTs are separated internally. One is connected to the TEST (Ps)
port and the other is connected to the TEST (Pt) port.
RPM4 measures the absolute pressures applied to the TEST (Ps) and TEST (Pt)
ports. The absolute pressure measured on the TEST (Ps) port is converted to
altitude. The difference between the TEST (Pt) and TEST (Ps) pressure (Pt –
Ps) is converted to airspeed (see Section 7.2.3). If a true airspeed unit of
measure has been selected, altitude and entered temperature are also used in
the airspeed calculation.

Page 19 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

To measure airspeed and altitude using this mode, use [RANGE] (see Section
3.3.1.2) to select the <Hi> Q-RPT or the <airspeed & altitude> shortcut. If the
shortcut is not used, once the Q-RPT has been selected, use [MODE] (see
Section 3.3.3) to set absolute and differential measurement mode and [UNIT]
(see Section 3.3.2) to set the desired airspeed unit. Use [DISPLAY], <4RPT> to
change the altitude unit if desired (see Section 3.3.6.4).

3.2.4 PRESSURE READY/NOT READY

There is a Ready/Not Ready indication LED on the RPM4-AD front panel. This indication is
intended to provide the user with an objective indication of when a stable pressure has been
achieved. Ready is indicated when the current stability (rate of change) of pressure is less
than the stability limit. The user can set the stability limit (see Section 3.4.3). The ready
indication is often used when comparing the RPM4-AD and a test device to indicate when a
valid reading can be made.

The Ready/Not Ready indication always applies to the active Q-RPT, whose pressure
measurement is displayed on the top line of the RPM4-AD display.

The Ready/Not Ready LED indications are:

<Green > Pressure Ready The pressure stability is within the stability limit.
<Red> Pressure Not Ready The pressure stability is NOT within the stability limit.

In differential measurement mode (see Section 3.2.6), the LED Ready/Not Ready
indication applies to the differential pressures.
In parallel measurement mode (see Section 3.2.5), the LED Ready/Not Ready indication
applies to the average pressure read by the <HL> Q-RPT.

The Ready/Not Ready LED indications are:

<Green > Pressure Ready The pressure stability is within the stability limit.
<Red> Pressure Not Ready The pressure stability is NOT within the stability limit.
The default stability limit criteria for the Ready/Not Ready determination is:
Absolute measurement mode: ± 0.001875% of absolute mode span
Gauge measurement mode: ± 0.005% of gauge mode span

3.2.5 PARALLEL MEASUREMENT MODE (//M T M ) (RPM4-AD

A160K/A160K ONLY)
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K can be set to operate in parallel measurement mode. Parallel
measurement mode is used to measure altitude with the lowest uncertainty (see Section 3.2.3.1).
Parallel measurement mode is intended to improve measurement reliability and reduce measurement
uncertainty by using the measurements of two Q-RPTs together. In parallel measurement
mode, the measured pressure is the average of the readings of the two Q-RPTs.
Parallel measurement mode is considered a Q-RPT designated <HL> (combination of Hi and
Lo). The HL Q-RPT can be selected using the [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1.1) key and
operated with all the features of a Hi or Lo Q-RPT.
In parallel measurement mode the active TEST port depends upon the measurement mode. In
absolute measurement mode the TEST(Ps) port is active and the TEST(Pt) port is shutoff. In
gauge measurement mode the TEST(Pt) port is active and the TEST(Ps) port is shutoff.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 20

 3. OPERATION

3.2.6 DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE

RPM4-AD can be set to operate in differential measurement mode. Differential measurement
mode is used to measure airspeed and varying altitude (see Section 3.2.3).
In differential measurement mode, the measured pressure is the difference between
measurements of the two Q-RPTs (Hi – Lo, Pt – Ps).
To set up differential measurement mode, use [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1) to select the
<Hi> Q-RPT or the <airspeed & altitude> shortcut. If the shortcut is not used, once the
Q-RPT has been selected, use [MODE] (see Section 3.3.3) to set absolute and differential
measurement mode.

3.2.7 AUTOZERO FUNCTION

RPM-AD includes an AutoZero function. This function is used to rezero the Q-RPT readings
in gauge and differential modes and to offset the Q-RPT relative to a reference standard in
absolute mode.
See Section 3.5.1 for complete information on the AutoZ function.
In gauge measurement mode, AutoZ should be run when the mode is first selected and any
time RPM4-AD is vented (zero gauge pressure applied) (see Section 3.3.9.1).
In differential measurement mode, the AutoZ function should be run when the mode is first
selected and any time zero differential is set or the line pressure (altitude) is changed (see
Section 3.3.9.3).
In absolute measurement mode, it is recommended that AutoZ be run every 30 days or
when RPM4-AD has been exposed to temperature changes exceeding 15 ºC (36 ºF) (see
Section 3.3.9.2).

3.2.8 SDS SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM

The RPM4-AD Q-RPTs modules are equipped with the SDS self defense system. The SDS
system includes hardware and embedded software to isolate Q-RPTs from overpressure.
When SDS is CLOSED for a Q-RPT module, the Q-RPT is isolated from the module’s TEST port
and opened to the module’s VENT port (See Section 5.6, Figure 8, Figure 9).
SDS can be OPENED and CLOSED from the front panel using [SDS]. SDS can also be
controlled using functions under [SPECIAL], <4SDS>. The SDS “temp open/close” function
allows SDS on both Q-RPTs and TEST ports, whether active or inactive, to be opened and
closed directly (see Section 3.5.4.1). The SDS “full time on/off” function allows SDS to be
opened permanently so the RPM4-AD can be operated as if SDS were not installed (see
Section 3.5.4.2).
SDS is normally used to isolate an RPM4-AD Q-RPT from a test system which may
sometimes be subjected to pressures higher than the Q-RPT’s maximum pressure. When
configuring a multi-range system, this can eliminate the need for external valving or
connecting and disconnecting RPM4s. For example, two Q-RPTs of different ranges might
be connected to a single calibration system. When the Hi Q-RPT is in use, SDS is closed on
the Lo Q-RPT to protect it from overpressure. When used in this manner, SDS should be
CLOSED prior to applying pressure. Automatic SDS closing in response to overpressure
should only be used in an emergency overpressure situation.
SDS also attempts to protect Q-RPTs from accidental overpressure. Whenever RPM4-AD is
powered ON it continuously monitors the pressure read by its Q-RPT(s). If the pressure
reaches the maximum pressure limit for a Q-RPT, SDS CLOSES to isolate the Q-RPT from
the TEST port and vent it to atmosphere. This is not a fail safe overpressure system. It does
not protect against very rapid overpressure or pressure exceeding 10 MPa (1 500 psi).
See Section 5.6 for schematics of the RPM4-AD Q-RPTs and pneumatic system and
indication of internal valve states for SDS open and closed.

Page 21 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The maximum pressure that should be applied to an RPM4-AD TEST port when SDS is
CLOSED is 10 MPa (1 500 psi).

Though the SDS self defense system includes features to automatically protect Q-RPTs
against accidental overpressure, SDS should NOT be considered a fail-safe overpressure
protection system. SDS cannot guarantee that overpressure damage will NOT occur.
Conventional measures for overpressure protection should also always be used. Damage
to Q-RPTs due to overpressure is NOT covered by the RPM4-AD product warranty even
when SDS is present and ON.

3.2.9 USE OF THE 12VDC BATTERY/CHARGER PACK

An optional 12VDC battery/charger pack is available to supply power to RPM4-AD’s 12VDC
power connection.
The battery/charger pack combines the battery and the battery charger.
To Charge the Battery
The battery may be charged while the battery/charge pack is connected to the RPM4-AD.
To charge the battery, connect the battery/charger pack to a 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz power
supply using the supplied power cable and turn on the charger power switch. The green
CHARGE indicator light goes on to indicate that battery charging is in progress. Allow 14 to
16 hours for the battery to charge fully. When the battery is fully charged, the CHARGE
indicator light flashes.
When the battery charger power switch is in the ON, the battery is connected to the charger,
not the 12VDC output. When the battery charger switch is in the OFF position, the CHARGE
indicator light goes off, and 12VDC is supplied on the 12VDC connection.
To Use the Battery/Charger Pack to Supply RPM4
After charging the battery, connect the 12VDC connection of the battery/charger pack to the
12VDC connection on the RPM4-AD rear panel.
Turn the battery/charger pack power switch to OFF (when AC power is connected to the
battery/charger pack, the power switch must be OFF for 12VDC power to be output).
When RPM4-AD is connected to both a 12 VDC source and an AC source, if the RPM4-AD
power switch is OFF, the 12VDC source supplies the RPM4; if the RPM4-AD power switch is
ON, the 12 VDC source is disconnected and the AC source supplies the RPM4-AD.
To Check the Battery Charge Level
To check the current charge level of the battery, press the toggle switch on the
battery/charger pack front panel. Observe the BATTERY CHECK indicator lights. All three
lights are lit when battery is fully charged. If no light or one light is on, the battery should be
recharged.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 22

 3. OPERATION

Figure 5. Battery pack/charger

3.2.10 USING RPM4-AD WITH A PPC3

CONTROLLER/CALIBRATOR
Certain RPM4 models can be used as an external measurement device for a PPC3 pressure
controller/calibration.
RPM4-AD cannot be used as a PPC3 external measurement device.

3.2.11 DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS SUMMARY

Table 6 provides a brief summary of direct function key operation. It may be useful to
keep a copy of this summary near the RPM4-AD, especially when first becoming
acquainted with its operation.

Local operation of RPM4-AD is through the front panel keypad. To minimize multi-layered
menu structures, the keypad numerical keys also provide direct access to the most
commonly used functions. The function accessed is labeled on the bottom half of the key.
Direct function keys are active whenever RPM4-AD is in its MAIN RUN screen. Table 6
summarizes the operation of the direct function keys.

Page 23 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 6. Summary of RPM4-AD function key operation

DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS ARE ACTIVE FROM THE MAIN RUN SCREEN
See corresponding manual sections for full detail.
Adjust height of fluid head View and toggle through active Q-
correction. Set to zero to defeat RPT and setup shortcuts. [ENT]
correction. on a Q-RPT or shortcut activates it.
SDS controls the connection of the Select pressure unit of measure for
Q-RPT to the TEST(Pt) and/or the active range. Choice of units
TEST(Ps) port. Closes any open available in this menu depends on
SDS. Opens SDS of active Q- current measurement mode.
RPT if closed. Choice of units can be customized.
Select the pressure measurement
Run the AutoZ function to
mode for the active Q-RPT
AutoZero the active Q-RPT and
(absolute, gauge, negative gauge,
measurement mode.
differential).

This function is not used in RPM4- Menu of less commonly used internal
AD models. functions and settings.

Run automated leak checking

Menu of commonly used setup
routine, also used for average rate
features including set display
measurements (e.g. ascent,
resolution, set stability limit.
descent).

Select the display function for the Start or set functions such as Leak
bottom line of the RPM4-AD Check and Freeze. ENTER values
display. when editing.

3.3 DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS

3.3.1 [RANGE]
 PURPOSE
To view and/or change the active Q-RPT and associated settings. Includes direct shortcuts
to air data measurement modes.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD has two Q-RPTs.
In RPM4 A160K/A160K, the two Q-RPTs may be used in parallel (<HL>) or the Hi Q-RPT
may be used alone (<Hi>) or in true differential mode with the Lo Q-RPT (<Hd>).
In RPM4 A350K/A160K, the Hi Q-RPT (<Hi>) or the Lo Q-RPT (<Lo>) may be used
individually. Differential use of the two Q-RPTs is accessed by selecting the Hi Q-RPT
(<Hd>). Parallel mode of the two Q-RPTs is not supported.
The [RANGE] function key is used to specify which Q-RPT (and associated range and settings) is
active.
To streamline RPM4-AD operation, the [RANGE] key also provides simple shortcuts to the
RPM4-AD configurations that support air data measurements.

See Section 4.4.5 for procedures to accomplish the same air data setups as [RANGE]
shortcuts using remote commands.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 24

 3. OPERATION

 OPERATION
Pressing the [RANGE] function key activates the Q-RPT viewing and selecting function.
When the [RANGE] function key is first pressed, the active Q-RPT is displayed. For example:
1. Q-RPT designator.
2. Q-RPT position designator (<Hi>, <Lo>, <HL> for both Q-RPTs in
parallel mode, <Hd> for Hi Q-RPT in differential mode with the Lo Q-RPT).
Active A160K Hi
3. Current unit of measure. kPa 60g/160a
4. Full scale pressure of Q-RPT in current unit of measure in gauge (<g>) and
absolute (<a>) measurement modes for pressure unit of measure or in air
data unit.

Pressing the [RANGE] key again while in the RANGE functions toggles through displays of
the other available Q-RPTs and shortcuts to air data measurement configurations (see below for
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K and RPM4-AD A350K/A160K [RANGE] key choice details). The [ ]
and [ ] keys can also be used to move forwards or backwards through the selections.
To select a Q-RPT or shortcut, press [ENT] when it is displayed.
Pressing [ESC] while in the RANGE function returns to the MAIN RUN screen without
making any change.
Q-RPT specific RPM4-AD operating settings are saved with the Q-RPT when another Q-RPT
is made active (see Section 3.2.1, Table 5). When the Q-RPT is selected again, it has the
same settings as it was left with. The air data measurement shortcuts always return to the
Q-RPT and measurement mode necessary for the air data measurement. They retain all
other user settings.

3.3.1.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING)

Pressing [RANGE] always displays the active Q-RPT information. Pressing
[RANGE] again toggles through the other Q-RPT choices available and the three
air data shortcuts. There are a total of five [RANGE] displays.
The first time [RANGE] is pressed, the active range is displayed. Pressing
[RANGE] again displays the next range choice. Pressing [ENT] activates the
displayed selection and returns to the main run screen.
The sequence of selections when [RANGE] is pressed is:
FIRST [RANGE] SELECTION: HI Q-RPT

Selects Hi Q-RPT with all previous

Select A160K Hi
settings (measurement mode, unit of
kPa 60g/160a
measure, etc) for that Q-RPT.

SECOND [RANGE] SELECTION: HL (PARALLEL MODE) Q-RPT

Selects HL Q-RPT (Hi and Lo Q-RPTs in

parallel ) with all previous settings Active A160K HL
(measurement mode, unit of measure, kPa 60g/160a
etc) for that Q-RPT.

Page 25 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THIRD [RANGE] SELECTION: HI Q-RPT, SHORTCUT TO AIRSPEED AT

VARYING ALTITUDE

Selects Hi Q-RPT in absolute, differential

measurement mode (<Hd>) in which Hi
– Lo Q-RPT differential pressure
(airspeed) is displayed on top line and Select A160K dif Hd
Lo Q-RPT absolute pressure (altitude) airspeed & altitude
on the bottom line. Units of measure are
default or last selected airspeed and
altitude units.

FOURTH [RANGE] SELECTION: HL Q-RPT, SHORTCUT TO ALTITUDE,

BEST UNCERTAINTY

Selects HL Q-RPT (Hi and Lo Q-RPTs in

parallel) with altitude displayed on top
line and rate of change on the bottom Select A160K abs HL
line. SDS is set so that the TEST(Ps) altitude, parallel
port is active. Unit of measure is default
or last selected altitude unit.

FIFTH [RANGE] SELECTION: HL Q-RPT, SHORTCUT TO AIRSPEED, BEST

UNCERTAINTY

Selects HL Q-RPT (Hi and Lo Q-RPTs in

parallel) with airspeed displayed on top
line and altitude corresponding to local
atmospheric pressure on bottom line. Select A160K gage HL
Altitude cannot be changed. SDS is set airspeed, parallel
so that the TEST(Pt) port is active. Unit
of measure is default or last selected
airspeed and altitude units.

From the fifth [RANGE] display, pressing [RANGE] again returns to the first
display.

3.3.1.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING)

Pressing [RANGE] always displays the active Q-RPT information. Pressing
[RANGE] again toggles through the other Q-RPT choices available and an air
data shortcut. There are a total of three [RANGE] displays.
The sequence of selections when [RANGE] is pressed is:
FIRST [RANGE] SELECTION: LO Q-RPT

Selects Lo Q-RPT with all previous Active A160K Lo

settings for that Q-RPT. kPa 60g/160a

SECOND [RANGE] SELECTION: HI Q-RPT

Selects Hi Q-RPT with all previous user Active A160K Hi

settings for that Q-RPT. kPa 60g/160a

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 26

 3. OPERATION

THIRD [RANGE] SELECTION: SHORTCUT TO AIRSPEED AT VARYING

ALTITUDE

Selects Hi Q-RPT in absolute, differential

measurement mode (<Hd>) with RPT
display in which differential pressure
Shortcut to airspeed
(Qc) is displayed on top line and Lo
& varying altitude
Q-RPT (Ps) on bottom line. Unit of
measure is default or last selected
airspeed and altitude units.

From the third [RANGE] display, pressing [RANGE] again returns to the first
display.

Q-RPT full scale limits are given in the pressure or air data unit that is currently
active for that range.

Pressing [+/-] from the MAIN RUN screen provides a shortcut to a

momentary view of the active Q-RPT.

Many RPM4-AD settings and functions are Q-RPT specific. See Table 5 for
identification of Q-RPT specific settings.

For best metrological performance, vent the RPM4-AD Q-RPT before

changing active Q-RPT.

3.3.2 [UNIT]
 PURPOSE
To select the unit of measure in which RPM4-AD displays measured values.

The units of measure available under the [UNIT] key depend upon the active Q-RPT and
measurement mode. Seen Section for 3.3.1 information on selecting the active-Q-RPT and
Section 3.3.3 for information on setting measurement mode (absolute, gauge, differential)

To change the unit of altitude displayed on the RPM4-AD bottom line with HL, absolute or
Hi, absolute + differential (Hd) Q-RPT active, select [DISPLAY], <4PRT> to select the
altitude unit for the bottom line display with HL, absolute or Hi, absolute + differential Q-
RP Tactive. 3.3.6.4.

 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD allows the unit of measure in which measured values are displayed to be changed.
RPM4-AD supports a variety of standard pressure units of measure, air data scaling factors
and user defined units. To simplify operation, quick access to six units is made available
under the [UNIT] key. The default units and the units that are supported depend on which

Page 27 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RPM4 Q-RPT is active and the active measurement mode. See Table 7 or Table 8 for
definition of the types of units of measure are available by Q-RPT and measurement mode.
The choice of six units displayed by the [UNIT] function can be customized by the user (see
Section 3.5.6).
Table 7. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing)

-RPT MEASUREMENT UNIT TYPE

MODE
PRESSURE ALTITUDE AIRSPEED USER
1 1 1
Hi and Absolute <a> Yes Yes No Yes
Lo
parallel Gauge,
1 2 1,2 1
<HL> negative gauge <g> Yes No Yes Yes

Hi Absolute <a> Yes No No Yes

<Hi>,
<Hd> Gauge,
2 2
negative gauge <g>, Yes No Yes Yes
differential <d>

1. Best measurement uncertainty .

2. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

Table 8. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing)

Q-RPT MEASUREMENT UNIT TYPE

MODE
PRESSURE ALTITUDE AIRSPEED USER
Lo Absolute <a> Yes Yes No Yes
<Lo>
Gauge,
Yes No No Yes
negative gauge <g>

Hi Absolute <a> Yes No No Yes

<Hi>,
<Hd> Gauge,
1 1
negative gauge <g>, Yes No Yes Yes
differential <d>

1. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

Internally, RPM4-AD always operates in Pascal (Pa), the SI unit of pressure. Values
expressed in other units of measure are obtained by applying conversion or scaling factors to
Pascal. (see Section 7.2).

 OPERATION

To change the active unit of measure for a Q-RPT and

measurement mode, press [UNIT] from the MAIN
RUN screen while the Q-RPT and measurement
1kPa 2inHg 3psi
mode is active (see Table 9 or Table 10 for default
4mbar 5m 6ft
units of measure by active Q-RPT and measurement
mode). The display is (actual units shown specific to
Q-RPT and measurement mode):

The cursor is on the number corresponding to the active pressure unit of measure for the active range.
To change the pressure unit of measure, select the desired unit. Making the selection
returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the selected unit active.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 28

 3. OPERATION

If the unit of measure selected is a true airspeed (unit label in upper case, e.g. KTS), the
temperature used in airspeed calculation must be specified. When the unit is selected, the
display is:

True airspeed temp:

1. Entry field for temperature to be used in true airspeed 15.0 ºC
calculation.

Enter the desired temperature value. The default value for true airspeed air temperature is
set in [SPECIAL], <6Punit> when the unit is set up (see Section 3.5.6).

In RPM4-AD displays, calibrated airspeed units are represented in lower case (e.g. kts)
and true airspeed units are represented in upper case (e.g. KTS).

Table 9. Default [UNIT] choices by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,

RPM4 A160K/A160K (rotary wing)

Q-RPT MEASUREMENT UNIT

MODE
#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
Hi and Lo Absolute <a> kPa inHg psi mbar m ft
parallel
<HL> Gauge,
kPa inHg psi inWa kts km/h
negative gauge <g>

Hi Absolute <a> kPa inHg psi mbar hPa mmHg

<Hi>, <Hd>
Gauge,
negative gauge <g>, kPa inHg psi inWa kts km/h
1
differential <d>

1. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

Table 10. Default [UNIT] choices by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4 A350K/A160K (rotary wing)

X MEASUREMENT UNIT
MODE
#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
Lo Absolute <a> kPa inHg psi mbar m ft
<Lo>
Gauge,
kPa inHg psi inWa mbar hPa
negative gauge <g>

Hi Absolute <a> kPa inHg psi mbar m ft

<Hi>, <Hd>
Gauge,
negative gauge <g>, kPa inHg psi inWa kts km/h
1
differential <d>

1. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

The pressure unit of measure selected is Q-RPT and measurement mode specific. For that
Q-RPT and measurement mode, all functions and settings are represented in the current
unit of measure for that range. However, certain internal and/or metrological functions
(e.g., Q-RPT calibration coefficients) are always represented in Pa regardless of the current
unit selection.

See Section 7.2 for information on the unit of measure conversion factors used by RPM4-AD.

Page 29 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

If the pressure unit selected is inWa (inches of water), the reference temperature for water
density must we specified in a separate menu (choices are 4ºC, 20ºC 60ºF). No reference
temperature selection is necessary for the unit mmWa as the only reference temperature
commonly used for mmWa is 4 ºC.

The default units of measure available under the UNIT function depend on the active Q-RPT
and measurement mode (see Tables Table 9 and Table 10). The choice of six units available
under the UNIT function can be customized from a wider selection by the user (see Section
3.5.6). The units available under the UNIT function can be reset to default (see Section 3.5.9.2).

3.3.3 [MODE]
 PURPOSE
To set the measurement mode (absolute, gauge, negative gauge or differential) for the active
Q-RPT.

For information on selecting the active Q-RPT, see Section 3.3.1. For selecting the unit of
measure, see Section 3.3.2.

 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD supports simple, one-step switching between different measurement modes:
Absolute Measures pressure relative to vacuum (zero is hard vacuum). Range is
from zero absolute to full scale.
Absolute mode is used to measure altitude, without airspeed (see
Section 3.2.3).
Gauge Measures pressure relative to atmosphere (zero is ambient pressure).
Range is from zero gauge to full scale, full scale must be greater than zero.
Gauge mode is used to measure airspeed at altitude corresponding to
ambient atmospheric pressure (see Section 3.2.3).
Negative Gauge Measures pressure relative to atmosphere (zero is ambient pressure).
Range is positive and negative from zero, negative to minus one
atmosphere and positive to full scale.
Negative gauge mode does not support air data measurements.
Differential Measures the difference between the Hi and the Lo Q-RPT (Differential = Hi
– Lo). Differential measurement mode is only available when the Hi Q-RPT
(<Hi>) is active and the measurement mode is absolute. Differential mode
is selected “on top of” the Hi Q-RPT absolute measurement mode.
Differential mode is selected to measure airspeed and altitude
simultaneously with varying altitude. Differential mode allows true Ps
and Pt operation (see Section 3.2.3).
Measurement mode selection is Q-RPT specific.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 30

 3. OPERATION

 OPERATION

See Section 3.2.6 for information on differential mode operation (airspeed at varying
altitude). Differential mode operation is only available when the Hi Q-RPT is active and
already in absolute measurement mode.

To change the measurement mode for the active Q-RPT, press [MODE] from the MAIN RUN
screen. The display depends upon the Q-RPT that is active.

If the Hi Q-RPT (<Hi>) is active, all four measurement Meas mode: 1abs
modes are visible. Use <1abs> + <4dif> to measure
altitude and airspeed simultaneously (see Section 3.2.3). 2gage 3neg gage 4dif

If the parallel mode Q-RPT (<HL>) (RPM4-AD

160K/A160K only) or the Lo Q-QRPT (<Lo>)
(RPM4-AD 350K/A160K only) is active, differential
Measurement mode:
mode is not available. Use <1abs> to measure
1abs 2gage 3neg gage
altitude only or <2gage> to measure airspeed at
altitude corresponding to current atmospheric
pressure (see Section 3.2.3.1).

Certain RPM4-AD settings, including AutoZ ON/OFF (see Section 3.5.1) are Q-RPT AND
measurement mode specific. See Table 5 for a listing of settings and what they are
specific to.

3.3.3.1 DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE OPERATION

Differential mode operation is only available with the Hi Q-RPT (<Hi>) active
(see Section 3.2.1) in absolute measurement mode. Differential mode
supports simultaneous measurement of air speed and altitude with varying
altitude (Ps, Pt, Qc) (see Section 3.2.3).

See Section 3.2.6 for differential measurement mode principle of operation.

To activate differential measurement mode, first be sure the Hi Q-RPT is active and
in absolute measurement mode. If necessary, use [RANGE] to select the <Hi>
Q-RPT (see Section 3.3.1) and [MODE] to select absolute measurement mode.
Then, with the Hi Q-RPT active, press [MODE] from the MAIN RUN screen.

The cursor is on the base measurement

mode, which should be <1abs>. If Meas mode: 1abs
differential mode is already active, the 2gage 3neg gage 4dif
cursor is on <1abs> and <4dif>.

The base pressure measurement mode, absolute, is the line pressure mode for the
differential pressure (altitude when differential unit is airspeed). If necessary, change
the base pressure measurement mode to <1abs>.
To activate differential measurement mode, select <4dif>. Operation returns to
the MAIN RUN screen. The Q-RPT identifier in the top right hand corner of the
MAIN RUN screen changes from <Hi> to <Hd>. AutoZero should always be run
when differential measurement mode is initiated (see Section 3.3.9.3) or when
the line pressure (pressure on the Lo Q-RPT (Ps) is changed.

Page 31 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

When differential mode is activated, AutoZ should be run at the line pressure
(altitude) with zero differential pressure applied to eliminate the zero error on
differential pressure due to the initial disagreement of the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs (see
Section 3.3.9.3).

When differential mode is active, the Q-RPT position indicator in the upper
right hand corner of the MAIN RUN screen and other displays is <Hd>
instead of <Hi> (see Section 3.2.1, Table 4).

The following operating conditions are specific to differential mode:

MAIN RUN screen measured pressure display The display of measured
pressure in the MAIN RUN screen, top line, is the
difference between the Hi and the Lo Q-RPTs (Hi –
Lo) with a differential mode AutoZ correction (see
Section 3.5.1). The measurement mode indicator is
<d>. The Q-RPT position indicator is <Hd>.
Default DISPLAY function The default display function is RPT with the Lo Q-RPT
displayed on the bottom display line (see Section
3.3.6.4). This allows the line pressure (Lo Q-RPT
indication) to be viewed simultaneously with the
differential pressure, and altitude measured by the Lo
Q-RPT to be viewed while displaying air speed. The
Lo Q-RPT altitude unit of measure is set in the RPT
DISPLAY function (see Section 3.3.6.4). All other
DISPLAY functions (Average, Rate, Deviation, HiLo,
Freeze) apply to the differential pressure.
SDS function [SDS] key operation to OPEN SDS opens SDS of both
the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs simultaneously (see Section
3.3.8.1). Overpressure is driven by the pressure range
of the Lo Q-RPT.
AutoZ function AutoZ manages zeroing of differential mode and is
intended to “tare” the two Q-RPTs at a common line
pressure (see Section 3.3.9.3). In air data
measurements, the line pressure is the altitude. AutoZ
should always be run when the altitude is changed.
Leak Check function The leak check function uses the differential mode
measurement (see Section 3.3.5).
Head function The head function applies to the differential pressure
(see Section 3.3.7).
UL function The UL limits apply to positive and negative differential
pressure (see Section 3.4.4) and the default is the
maximum value of the differential pressure. Both the
Lo and Hi Q-RPT based measurement mode ULs also
remain active. The Hi Q-RPT UL provides an upper
limit for the maximum pressure on the Hi side of the
differential pressure. Exceeding the differential and/or
absolute mode Hi Q-RPT UL causes the display of
differential pressure to flash. The Lo Q-RPT UL
provides an upper limit for the line pressure.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 32

 3. OPERATION

3.3.4 [A UTO R ANGE ]

This feature is not used in RPM4-AD models.

3.3.5 [LEAK CK]/RATE OF CHANGE MEASUREMENT

 PURPOSE
To run an automated leak check routine that measures the leak rate of the system connected
to the RPM4-AD active TEST port(s). Also used to measure average rate of change over a
specified time period as required to evaluate the rate of change of altitude set by an air data
test set.
 PRINCIPLE
The LEAK CHECK function is provided as a means of checking and quantifying the leaks that
may be present in the system connected to the RPM4’s active Q-RPT TEST port(s). It is also
used to measure rate of change of altitude over a specified time period (rate of climb).
The principle of the LEAK CHECK function for measurement of a leak is the measurement of
the natural decrease or increase of pressure in a fixed volume over time. The LEAK CHECK
function allows a leak check time to be set. The total pressure change and the average rate
of change over the leak check time are calculated and displayed.
The LEAK CHECK function also measures average rate as required to evaluate the rate of
change of altitude set by an air data test set. To use the function in this way, set the desired
rate measurement time period, then set the rate with the air data test set. When ready, press
[ENT] on the RPM4-AD to start the measurement.

In differential pressure measurement mode (see Section 3.2.6), the leak check
measurement is based on the measurement of the differential pressure.

 OPERATION
To run a leak check, first set the pressure to the desired pressure. To verify a rate of change
set by another device (such as an air data test set), first set the rate of change on the device.

Changing the pressure in a test system causes adiabatic temperature changes in the
pressurized medium that need to have dissipated before a valid leak measurement can be
made. In general, a 0.5 to 1 minute wait before running a leak check is adequate to allow
the adiabatic temperature change to dissipate and valid leak measurements to be made.
However, stabilization time may be longer as volume and pressure increases.

To access the LEAK CHECK function, press [LEAK CHECK] from the MAIN RUN screen.
Select <1run> to run a leak test or rate of change measurement. The display is:

Set sample time:

1. Edit field for the time over which the rate will be determined, 15 s
in seconds.

Edit the rate measurement time if desired (minimum 1, maximum 999 seconds) and press
[ENT].

Page 33 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Press [ENT] again when ready to start the test. The test display is:

1. Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing measured

pressure.
50.3314 kPa a HL
2. Active Q-RPT position indicator
Measuring... 13 s
3. Indication that rate measurement test is running and
countdown of time remaining.

[ESC] can be used to abort the test. [ENT] while the test is running restarts the
measurement timer. When the timer countdown has completed, RPM4-AD beeps three
times and the leak results screen is displayed:

1. Total pressure change from start to finish of measurement

time.
∆P 0.323 kPa a HL
2. Indicator of Q-RPT used to run the test.
Rate 0.021 kPa/min
3. Average rate of change of pressure over the leak check
time period (∆P/time in minutes).

From the test results screen, press [ENT] to restart the timer and repeat the test.
Press [ESC] to return to leak check main menu and exit to the MAIN RUN screen.

To view the results of the most recently completed test, press <2view>. If NO test data is
stored (i.e., if the RPM4-AD has never run a leak test or a reset has cleared previous results),
the results screen displays <Data NOT available> briefly and returns to MAIN RUN screen.
Press [ENT] or [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen.

Leak check is Q-RPT specific in the sense that a leak check is run using the active Q-RPT.
However, only one set of leak check results is maintained in memory and each leak test
completed overwrites the memory. View leak check always shows the results of the last
test run regardless of the Q-RPT that is now active. The results screen includes the
Q-RPT indicator to indicate the Q-RPT with which the test was run.

3.3.6 [DISPLAY]
 PURPOSE
To select, from a variety of choices, the information that is displayed on the second line of the
RPM4-AD main run screen.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD supports a variety of advanced measurement functions that are displayed on the
second (bottom) line of the RPM4-AD main run screen. In summary, the available display
functions are:
AVERAGE Calculates the average measurement over a user specified period of time
and displays the average, the standard deviation about the mean and a
countdown in seconds to the next average (see Section 3.3.6.1). This function
is often used to filter out pressure noise in an unstable system. The magnitude
of the noise is quantified by the standard deviation about the mean. A second
Avg screen allows the instantaneous pressure values to be viewed during an
averaging cycle.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 34

 3. OPERATION

RATE Calculates and displays the current rate of change of pressure, altitude or
airspeed in current unit of measure per second or per minute (see Section
3.3.6.2). This function is a useful indication of the stability of the pressure
being measured. It is often used as an indication of positive or negative leak
rate and as a go/no go criterion of when to take data when comparing
RPM4-AD and a device under test, for example in a calibration. Rate is used
by the Ready/Not Ready function to determine when a Ready condition
exists (see Section 3.2.4). To measure rate of change over a period of time,
use the LEAK CHECK function (see Section 3.3.5).
DEVIATION Continuously calculates and displays the difference between the value
measured by RPM4-AD and a target value entered by the user (see Section
3.3.6.3). This function is useful in monitoring the evolution of pressure around
and/or away from a desired set point.
RPT Allows measurement from the two Q-RPTs to be displayed simultaneously
(see Section 3.3.6.4). This function can be used to monitor two separate
pressures simultaneously. It is particularly useful when the measurement
unit is airspeed to simultaneously observe the value of altitude measured by
the Lo Q-RPT.
HI/LO Records and displays maximum and minimum values measured (see
Section 3.3.6.5). This function is used to keep track of the minimum and
maximum pressure observed in a system over a period of time or to monitor
if a pressure min/max limit has been exceeded..
FREEZE Captures and displays the value measured by the active Q-RPT of RPM4-AD
when the [ENT] key is pressed (see Section 3.3.6.6). This function is useful
to record the pressure present at the time of an operator observed trigger
event, for example when the needle of an analog indicator was on the
nominal point or when a switch activates.
CLEAN Blanks out the second line of the display (see Section 3.3.6.7). This function
is used when a simple display of pressure measured by the RPM4-AD active
Q-RPT with minimal additional information is desired.

 OPERATION
To set the DISPLAY function press [DISPLAY] from the MAIN RUN screen.
1avg 2rate 3dev 4RPT
The display is:
5HiLo 6freeze 7clean
The cursor is on the active DISPLAY function. Selecting a display function returns to the
MAIN RUN screen with the selected function active.
Display menu choices include:
<1avg> Display average pressure and standard deviation. Specify averaging time period
(see Section 3.3.6.1).
<2rate> Display rate of change of measured value (see Section 3.3.6.2).
<3dev> Display deviation of the measured value from a target value and specify the
target value (see Section 3.3.6.3).
<4RPT> Display the measurement of a Q-RPT other than the active Q-RPT (see
Section 3.3.6.4).
<5HiLo> Display the maximum and minimum values measured by the active Q-RPT
since HiLo reset (see Section 3.3.6.5).
<6freeze> Capture and display the value measured by the active Q-RPT when [ENT] is
pressed
(see Section 3.3.6.6).
<7clean> Leave the second line of the display blank (see Section 3.3.6.7).

Page 35 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The DISPLAY selection is Q-RPT specific. A DISPLAY selection made in one Q-RPT does
not apply to other Q-RPTs.

The default DISPLAY function is Rate which causes the second line of the display to show “R”
followed by the current rate of change of pressure in current pressure units per minute or
per second. In differential mode (<Hd>), the default DISPLAY function is RPT which
shows the measurement of the Lo Q-RPT .

3.3.6.1 AVG (AVERAGE)

 PURPOSE
To activate the Average DISPLAY and/or adjust the period of time over which
averaging occurs.

See Section 3.3.6.  Principle.

 OPERATION
To access the Average DISPLAY, press [DISPLAY], <1Avg>. The display is:

Averaging Period:
1. Edit field for averaging period in seconds. 20 s
Default is 20. Minimum 1, maximum 999.

Edit the averaging time period if desired. Pressing [ENT] returns to the MAIN
RUN screen with the Average DISPLAY active.
With the Average DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

1. Average measured over last completed

averaging period.
2. Standard deviation of last completed 96.929 kPa a Hi
averaging period. δ 0.0007 18Avg
3. Countdown in seconds until completion of on-
going averaging period.

The Average DISPLAY has a second screen that allows the instantaneous
pressure readings to be viewed while an averaging cycle is running.
The instantaneous Average screen is:

1. Instantaneous pressure values at RPM4’s

normal update rate.
2. Current rate of change of pressure in pressure 96.929 kPa a Hi
units/second. R 0.0025 18Avg
3. Countdown in seconds until completion of on-
going averaging period.

The [+/-] key toggles between the MAIN RUN Average screen and the
instantaneous values Average screen.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 36

 3. OPERATION

Pressing [ENT] while in the Average DISPLAY aborts the current averaging
period and causes a new one to begin. [ENT] can thus be use to trigger a
new averaging period on demand.

In the Average DISPLAY the Ready/Not Ready indication applies to the result
of the previous averaging period (see Section 3.2.4). <Ready> indicates
that all readings during the previous averaging period met the stability
criterion. <Not Ready> indicates that one or more readings were outside of
the stability criterion.

Changing the pressure unit of measure, measurement mode or range while

the averaging screen is active, starts a new averaging period.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Average, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

3.3.6.2 Rate
 PURPOSE
To activate the Rate DISPLAY.

See Section 3.3.6 [DISPLAY],  Principle.

 OPERATION
To activate the Rate DISPLAY press [DISPLAY], . The display is:

Select whether the rate should be Display rate per:

displayed in unit per minute or unit per
second. The default is per minute. 1minute 2second

When the selection is made, operation returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the
Rate DISPLAY active.
With the Rate DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

20473.6 ft a HL
1. Current rate of change of in current unit of
measure per minute (</m>) or second (</s>). R 378.3 /m
The default is per minute.

The Rate DISPLAY is different and separate from the stability setting which
is used to set the stability criterion on which the Ready/Not Ready
indication is based (see Sections 3.4.3 and 3.2.4). The Rate DISPLAY only
causes the current rate of change to be displayed and has NO affect on the
stability setting or the Ready/Not Ready condition.

Page 37 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The Rate DISPLAY is the default display except in differential measurement

mode in which the default DISPLAY is RPT so the measurement of the Lo
Q-RPT is displayed.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Rate, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

3.3.6.3 Dev (Deviation)

 PURPOSE
To activate the Deviation DISPLAY and/or set the deviation target value.

See Section 3.3.6 [DISPLAY],  Principle.

 OPERATION

To activate the Deviation DISPLAY press Target:

[DISPLAY], <3Dev>. The display is: 100.000 kPa a
Edit the desired target value. Pressing [ENT] returns to the MAIN RUN screen
with the Deviation DISPLAY active using the entered target value.

The target value is the value from which deviations (D) are measured by the
Deviation DISPLAY following:
D = current value - target value

With the Deviation DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

99.1135 kPa a zHL

1. Deviation of current measured value from the
target value. D -0.8865 T100.000
2. Target value.

Pressing [ENT] from the MAIN RUN screen when the Deviation DISPLAY is
active goes directly to the Target editing screen. This allows the target
value to be changed without going through the DISPLAY menu.

If the pressure measurement unit or mode is changed while the Deviation

DISPLAY is active the target value remains at the same numerical value. It
is NOT converted.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Deviation, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 38

 3. OPERATION

3.3.6.4 RPT
 PURPOSE
To activate the RPT DISPLAY.

See Section 3.3.6,  Principle.

The RPT DISPLAY is the default DISPLAY in differential measurement mode

(<Hd>) (see Section 3.2.6).

 OPERATION

For the sake of clarity, when describing the RPT DISPLAY, the Q-RPT
displayed on the top line of the display when the RPT function is selected is
referred to as the “active” Q-RPT. The other Q-RPT to be displayed on the
second (bottom) line of the RPM4-AD display is referred to as the “inactive”
Q-RPT. It is “inactive” in the sense that all RPM4-AD functions and settings
such as UNIT and RES still apply to the “active” Q-RPT. In differential
pressure measurement mode (<Hd>), the Lo Q-RPT is always the “inactive”
Q-RPT. In parallel measurement (<HL>), the Hi or the Lo Q-RPT may be the
“inactive” Q-RPT.

To activate the RPT DISPLAY, press [DISPLAY], <4RPT>.

If the active measurement unit is NOT an airspeed unit, operation returns to the
MAIN RUN screen with the inactive Q-RPT displayed on the display’s bottom line
and the settings (unit of measure, resolution) of the inactive Q-RPT are the same
as for the active Q-RPT.
If the active measurement unit IS an airspeed unit, the display on the bottom line
is altitude so that airspeed and altitude can be viewed simultaneously. When
<4RPT> is selected, the altitude unit must be specified. The display is:

Select the desired unit for the second line Lo Q-RPT altitude
display of altitude. unit: 1ft 2m

After the altitude unit selection, operation returns to the main run screen with the
RPT display active.

When RPM4-AD A160K/A160K is in parallel (<HL>) mode in which both Q-RPTs

measure the same pressure in parallel, if the active unit is airspeed the bottom
line display of altitude is obtained using the last measurement of atmospheric
pressure made by the Lo Q-RPT corrected by the change in atmospheric
pressure since the last measurement as measured by the on-board barometer.
If the active unit is NOT airspeed, the Q-RPT to display on the lower display line
(<Hi> or <Lo>) must be specified.

Page 39 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

When the RPT DISPLAY is active and the unit of measure for the active Q-RPT
IS an airspeed unit, the MAIN RUN screen is:

1. Active Q-RPT measurement.

498.778 kts d zHd
2. Active Q-RPT indicator.
*22477.5 ft a zLo
3. Altitude at which airspeed is being measured.

When the RPT DISPLAY is active and the unit of measure for the active Q-RPT
is NOT an airspeed unit, the MAIN RUN screen is:

1. Active Q-RPT measurement.

150.582 kPa a zHi
2. Active Q-RPT indicator.
* 98.477 kPa a zLo
3. Inactive Q-RPT measurement.

If SDS Self Defense System (see Section 3.2.8) is CLOSED on the inactive Q-
RPT when the RPT DISPLAY is activated, SDS can be OPENED on the inactive Q-
RPT using [SPECIAL], <4SDS>, <1temp open/close> (see Section 3.5.4). In
differential measurement mode, SDS is be opened simultaneously on both Q-
RPTs using [SDS] (see Section 3.3.8).

The RPT DISPLAY is the default display in differential measurement mode.

When the RPT display is active, executing a Q-RPT change to the inactive
Q-RPT makes the inactive Q-RPT the active Q-RPT. The DISPLAY defaults
back to Rate ( Section 3.3.6.2).

To go to a DISPLAY other than RPT, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

3.3.6.5 Hi/Lo
 PURPOSE
To activate the Hi/Lo DISPLAY.

See Section 3.3.6,  Principle..

 OPERATION
To activate the Hi/Lo DISPLAY press [DISPLAY], <5Hi/Lo>. Pressing <5Hi/Lo>
resets the Hi/Lo values and returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the Hi/Lo
DISPLAY active.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 40

 3. OPERATION

With the Hi/Lo DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

1. Highest measurement observed since Hi/Lo 18377.6 ft a zHi

reset.
H 17344.5 L18444.2
2. Lowest measurement observed since Hi/Lo
reset.

The Hi/Lo values change each time a new Hi or Lo pressure is observed.

The Hi/Lo record can be reset at any time by pressing [ENT]. This allows a
Hi/Lo reset without going back through the DISPLAY menu.

If the measurement unit or mode is changed while the Hi/Lo DISPLAY is

active, Hi/Lo resets.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Hi/Lo, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

3.3.6.6 Freeze
 PURPOSE
To activate the Freeze DISPLAY.

See Section 3.3.6,  Principle.

 OPERATION
To activate the Freeze DISPLAY press [DISPLAY], <6Freeze>. Pressing
<6Freeze> returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the Freeze DISPLAY active.
With the Freeze DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

99.135 kPa a zHi

1. Pressure measured by active Q-RPT when
[ENT] was pressed (displays 0.00 by default F 99.2133
when Freeze DISPLAY is first activated).

Pressing [ENT] causes the current measurement of the active RPM4-AD Q-RPT to
be captured and displayed.

If the measurement unit or mode is changed while the Freeze DISPLAY is

active, the Freeze value defaults back to zero.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Freeze, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

Page 41 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.3.6.7 Clean
 PURPOSE
To activate the Clean DISPLAY.

See Section 3.3.6,  Principle.

 OPERATION
To activate the Clean DISPLAY press [DISPLAY], <7Clean>. Pressing <7Clean>
returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the Clean DISPLAY active.
With the Clean DISPLAY active the MAIN RUN screen is:

1. Conventional MAIN RUN screen first line. 99.135 kPa a zHi

2. “Clean” second line.

To go to a DISPLAY other than Clean, press [DISPLAY] and make a new

DISPLAY choice (see Section 3.3.6).

3.3.7 [HEAD]
 PURPOSE
To cause a pressure head correction to be added to or subtracted from the pressure
measured by the RPM4-AD in order to predict the pressure at a height other than the RPM4’s
reference level.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD measures gauge, absolute or differential pressure at the height of the rear panel TEST
ports. Frequently, when performing a calibration or test, the device or system under test is at a
different height than the RPM4’s TEST ports. This difference in height, frequently called head,
can cause a significant difference between the pressure measured by the RPM4-AD at the height
of its TEST ports and the pressure at the device under test which is at a different height. In this
case, it is useful to make a head correction to the pressure measured by the RPM4-AD in order
to predict the pressure actually applied present a different height.
RPM4-AD can accurately determine “head” pressures for nitrogen, helium and air as the
pressurized medium. In calculating the head value, standard gravity (9.80665 m/s2) is used.
Gas densities are calculated from the selected gas’s standard density correcting for
temperature of 20°C and the measured pressure using the gas’s compressibility factor
The [HEAD] function key is used to specify the height difference between the RPM4-AD TEST
ports and another height. Entering a height of zero turns the function off. The height unit and the
test gas are specified by pressing [SPECIAL], <3Head> (see Section 3.5.3).

Specifying the head height within ± 2.5 cm (1 in.) is adequate to assure that, even in the
worst case, the uncertainty on the head correction will be insignificant relative to the
tolerance on the pressure measurement.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 42

 3. OPERATION

 OPERATION
To access the HEAD function, press [HEAD]. The display is:

Edit head height:

1. Edit field for head height.
+ 25 cm N2
2. Test gas currently specified for the head correction.

Edit the head height to the desired value. Press [ENT] to return to the MAIN RUN screen
with the new head correction active. Press [ESC] to return with no changes.

The reference height of the RPM4-AD

pressure measurement is the middle of
the RPM4-AD TEST ports. The head
height should be entered as a positive
value if the device or system under test
is higher than the RPM4-AD and
negative if it is lower.

The HEAD function is NOT Q-RPT specific. The HEAD ON or OFF status and settings
remain the same as active Q-RPT is changed.

When a head correction is being applied, it is indicated by <h> in the top line of the MAIN
RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). When the head correction is zero, the <h> is not shown.

To change units of head height between inches and centimeters and to change the test
gas species, use [SPECIAL], <3head> (see Section 3.5.3).

3.3.8 [SDS] (SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM)

 PURPOSE
To CLOSE SDS on all reference pressure transducers (Q-RPTs). To OPEN SDS on the
active Q-RPT/TEST port.

The [SDS] key should be used with care to avoid accidentally over pressuring a Q-RPT.
Always double check to ensure that the pressure applied to the Q-RPT’s TEST port is
lower than the Q-RPT’s maximum pressure before OPENING SDS.

SDS can be set to permanently be OPEN as if no SDS were installed (see Section 3.5.4.2).

 PRINCIPLE
SDS is a self defense system to protect RPM4-AD Q-RPTs from overpressure. SDS
CLOSES automatically to protect a Q-RPT that is not active. Activating an individual Q-RPT
automatically CLOSES SDS on the other Q-RPT. Powering down the RPM4-AD or
energizing it also CLOSES SDS on all Q-RPTs.

Page 43 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

When SDS is CLOSED, the Q-RPT(s) is (are) isolated from the active TEST port and opened
to the VENT port. SDS must be OPENED for the pressure applied to the TEST port to be
measured. The [SDS] key is used to OPEN SDS.
The SDS function can also be used to CLOSE SDS as might be desired when leaving RPM4-AD
at rest, when a possible overpressure situation is anticipated or anytime it is desirable to shut off
the TEST port and vent the Q-RPT. Pressing [SDS] always CLOSES SDS.
See Sections 3.3.8.1 and 3.3.8.2 for information specific to SDS operation in differential and
parallel measurement modes which are frequently used by RPM4-AD.

See Section 3.2.8 for general information on SDS and its principles and Section 5.6, for
Q-RPT module schematics and valve states with SDS open and closed.

SDS closed is indicated by <SDS CLOSED> flashing in the current measured pressure
display field. When SDS is closed, the Q-RPT is isolated from the TEST port and
connected to the VENT port.

 OPERATION

Though the SDS self defense system includes features to protect Q-RPTs against
overpressure, SDS should NOT be considered a fail-safe overpressure protection system.
SDS cannot guarantee that overpressure damage will NOT occur. SDS closing automatically
may protect a Q-RPT in case of accidental overpressure but conventional measures for
overpressure protection should always be used. Damage to Q-RPTs due to overpressure
is NOT covered by the RPM4-AD product warranty even when SDS is present and ON.

The maximum pressure that should be applied to an RPM4-AD TEST(+) port when SDS is
CLOSED is 10 MPa (1 500 psi).

Use [SDS] to OPEN SDS if it is CLOSED for the active Q-RPT(s) and/or to CLOSE SDS for
the active and inactive Q-RPT.
When [SDS] is pressed, there are three possible results, depending on whether SDS is ON (see
Section 3.5.4.2), and whether SDS of the active Q-RPT is OPEN or CLOSED.
1. If the active Q-RPT’s SDS is “full time OFF” (see Section 3.5.4.2): <SDS is OFF and
OPEN> is displayed for 5 seconds and operation returns to the MAIN RUN screen.
2. If the SDS on the active RPT is OPEN: SDS is CLOSED and operation returns to the
MAIN RUN screen.
3. If the SDS on the active Q-RPT is CLOSED: The OPEN SDS routine is presented.
The display is :

1. Maximum acceptable pressure of active Q-RPT(s)

(always absolute).
2. Position designator of Q-RPT for which SDS will be Pmax! 160 kPa a HL
opened. Open Ps? 1no 2yes
3. Indication of which TEST port(s) will be open-end when
SDS is opened.

Check that the pressure applied to the indicated TEST port does NOT exceed the
maximum acceptable value for the Q-RPT. Select <1no> to return to the MAIN RUN

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 44

 3. OPERATION

screen without OPENING SDS, select <2yes> to OPEN SDS and return to the MAIN
RUN screen with SDS OPEN (the active TEST port open).

Opening SDS with a pressure greater than Pmax! applied to the test port may cause
overpressure damage to the Q-RPT(s).

In differential measurement mode, opening SDS acts simultaneously on BOTH the Ps and
Pt TEST ports (see Sections 3.3.8.1).

In parallel measurement mode (HL Q-RPT), the active TEST port is the TEST(Ps) port in
absolute measurement mode and the TEST(Pt) port in gauge measurement mode.
Normal SDS operation using [SDS] opens and closes the active TEST port while the
inactive test port is always closed. SDS temp open/close can be used to open SDS on
the inactive TEST port.

The [SDS] key is also the [2] key which is pressed to select <2Yes> to OPEN SDS.
Thus, SDS can be OPENED by two rapid presses of [SDS]. Use this feature to
conveniently OPEN SDS but always check that the pressure connected the active TEST
port does NOT exceed the Q-RPT(s) Pmax! before doing so.

When changing active Q-RPT, SDS is automatically CLOSED for the Q-RPT that is being
changed from, leaving the inactive Q-RPT with SDS CLOSED.

The SDS valves can be controlled directly regardless of which Q-RPT is currently active
(see Section 3.5.4).

SDS can be permanently opened so regular operation is as if SDS were not present (see
Section 3.5.4.2).

3.3.8.1 SDS IN DIFFERENTIAL MEASUREMENT MODE

In differential measurement mode, opening SDS opens SDS for BOTH the Hi
and Lo Q-RPTs (Ps and Pt TEST ports). Before opening SDS, be certain that
the pressure applied to both the Ps and Pt TEST ports is less than the
maximum pressure of TEST port’s Q-RPT.

Differential measurement mode (see Section 3.2.6) makes measurements using

the RPM4-AD’s two Q-RPTs independently. In this mode, the function of the
[SDS] key is adapted to facilitate dual Q-RPT operation. [SDS] can OPENS
SDS on both the active an inactive Q-RPTs at the same time.
Pressing [SDS] always CLOSES any OPEN SDS, as it does in single Q-RPT mode
operation. If both SDS are CLOSED, pressing SDS goes to the usual OPEN
SDS routine which OPENS SDS for both Q-RPTs.

Page 45 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The display is :

1. Maximum acceptable pressure of the Lo

Q-RPT (always absolute).
2. Position designator of active Q-RPT (<Hd> for Pmax! 160 kPa a Hd
differential mode). Open Pt&Ps? 1no 2yes
3. Indication that opening SDS will open both the
Pt and Ps TEST ports.

Check that the pressure applied to BOTH the TEST ports does NOT exceed the
maximum acceptable value. Select <1no> to return to the MAIN RUN screen
without OPENING SDS, select <2yes> to OPEN SDS for both Q-RPTs and
return to the MAIN RUN screen with SDS OPEN (both Q-RPTs open to their
TEST ports).

3.3.8.2 SDS IN PARALLEL MEASUREMENT MODE, RPM4-AD

A160K/A160K ONLY

In parallel mode both Q-RPTs are connected together internally by the

RPM4-AD’s internal bypass valve (see Section 3.2.5). For gauge
measurement mode, the active TEST port is the TEST(Pt) port. For absolute
measurement mode, the active TEST port is the TEST(Ps) port. Opening SDS
opens SDS for the TEST port that is used for the active measurement mode.

In parallel measurement mode (see Section 3.2.5), the RPM4-AD’s two RPTs are
connected to one TEST port by the internal bypass valve. Only one TEST port is
used depending on the measurement mode. The (Ps) TEST port is used for
absolute mode, the (Pt) TEST port is used for gauge mode. [SDS] OPENS and
CLOSES SDS on the test port that is used, the other port is always kept CLOSED.
Pressing [SDS] always CLOSES any ON and OPEN SDS, as it does in single
Q-RPT mode operation. However, if SDS for the active TEST port is CLOSED,
pressing SDS goes to the usual OPEN SDS routine which will OPEN SDS for active
TEST port.
The display is :

1. Maximum acceptable pressure of the HL

Q-RPT (always absolute).
2. Position designator of active Q-RPT (<HL> in Pmax! 160 kPa a HL
parallel mode.
Open Pt? 1no 2yes
3. Active TEST port on which SDS will be
opened (Pt in gauge measurement mode, Ps
in absolute measurement mode).

Check that the pressure applied to the active TEST port does NOT exceed the
maximum acceptable value. Select <1no> to return to the MAIN RUN screen
without OPENING SDS, select <2yes> to OPEN SDS and return to the MAIN
RUN screen with SDS OPEN (both Q-RPTs open to the active TEST port).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 46

 3. OPERATION

3.3.9 [A UTO Z]
 PURPOSE
To run the AutoZ function that rezeros the active Q-RPT between full calibrations.

See Section 3.5.1,  Principle for a full explanation of the AutoZ function.

 PRINCIPLE
Run AutoZ is the function by which the current Q-RPT reading is compared to a reference,
Pstd,0, at atmospheric pressure to determine a new value of Poffset. The value of Poffset is then
used by AutoZ to automatically correct the Q-RPT for possible changes in zero over time
(see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE).

Running AutoZ in parallel mode (see Section 3.2.5) autozeros the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs
simultaneously and independently. There are no Zoffset values specific to the HL Q-RPT.

See Section 3.3.9.1 to run AutoZ in gauge in negative gauge modes.

See Section 3.3.9.2 to run AutoZ in absolute mode.
See Section 3.3.9.3 to run AutoZ in differential mode.

3.3.9.1 [AUTOZ] IN GAUGE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE MODE

 PURPOSE
To “rezero” the active Q-RPT in gauge measurement mode.

See Section 3.5.1,  Principle for a full explanation of the AutoZ function.

 OPERATION

For the AutoZ function key to run AutoZ, AutoZ must be turned ON for the
active Q-RPT and measurement mode. AutoZ ON is indicated by <z> to the
left of the Q-RPT designator on the first line of the MAIN RUN screen.
AutoZ ON and OFF is set using [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> (see Section 3.5.1). If
AutoZ is OFF for the active Q-RPT, and measurement mode, <AutoZ is
off…> is displayed when [AutoZ] is pressed.

Running AutoZ in or parallel mode (see Section 3.2.5) autozeros both the Hi
and Lo Q-RPTs simultaneously.

To run AutoZ in gauge measurement mode, set gauge or negative gauge as the
measurement mode (see Section 3.3.3) and press [AutoZ] from the MAIN RUN
screen. <Running gauge AutoZ> is displayed briefly before returning to the
MAIN RUN screen. To be sure the Q-RPTs are really open to zero gauge
pressure, SDS may be closed to shut the Q-RPTs off from the TEST ports and
open vent them to atmosphere.

Page 47 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Before running AutoZ in gauge mode, ensure that the pressure applied to
the Q-RPT is truly zero gauge (atmospheric pressure). If running AutoZ in
gauge mode results in a zero offset that RPM4-AD considers unusually
large, <Confirm 0 gauge P!> is displayed when AutoZ is pressed. Check that
zero gauge pressure is applied to the TEST port(s) and press ENTER to
continue or ESCAPE to abort. To be sure the Q-RPTs are really open to zero
gauge pressure, SDS may be closed to shut the Q-RPTs off from the TEST
ports and open vent them to atmosphere.

Allow the RPM4-AD to stabilize at atmospheric pressure and ambient

temperature for 1 to 2 minutes before running AutoZ in gauge mode.

3.3.9.2 [AUTOZ] IN ABSOLUTE MODE

 PURPOSE
To “rezero” the active Q-RPT in absolute measurement mode.

See Section 3.5.1,  Principle for a full explanation of the AutoZ function.

 OPERATION

For the AutoZ function key to run AutoZ, AutoZ must be turned ON for the
active Q-RPT and measurement mode. AutoZ ON is indicated by <z> to the
left of the range designator on the first line of the MAIN RUN screen. AutoZ
ON and OFF is set using [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> (see Section 3.5.1). If AutoZ
is OFF for the active range, and measurement mode, <AutoZ is off…> is
displayed when [AutoZ] is pressed.

Running AutoZ in or parallel mode (see Section 3.2.5) autozeros both the Hi
and Lo Q-RPTs simultaneously.

AutoZ cannot be run when the active unit of measure is an altitude unit.

To run AutoZ in absolute measurement mode, set absolute measurement mode

(see Section 3.3.3) and press [AutoZ] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:

1. Active Q-RPT designator.

2. Current measurement mode (absolute). AutoZ Hi abs by:
3. Selection of source of Pstd,0 reference to which 1Entry 2COM2 3Lo RPT
to AutoZ.

Selecting <1Entry> allows the value of Pstd,0 to be entered from the front panel keypad.
Selecting <2COM2> allows the value of Pstd,0 to be read automatically from another
DHI RPMx connected to RPM4’s COM2 communications port.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 48

 3. OPERATION

Selecting <3Lo RPT> is shown only if the active Q-RPT is Hi. This selection
allows the value of Pstd,0 for the Hi Q-RPT to be read automatically from the
RPM4s Lo Q-RPT.

Allow the RPM4-AD to stabilize at atmospheric pressure and ambient

temperature for 10 to 15 minutes before running AutoZ in absolute mode.

If running AutoZ results in a value of Poffset that is greater than ± 0.005 % FS of

the span of the Q-RPT that is being AutoZeroed, the Q-RPT and/or the reference
used as the source of Pstd,0 may be out of tolerance or the AutoZ process may
have been faulty. Before activating a new Poffset greater than ± 0.005 % FS of
the active Q-RPT, check to be sure that both the Q-RPT and the reference
were in good working order, properly vented to stable atmospheric pressure,
at the same height, and reading in the same pressure units when AutoZ was run.

When the run AutoZ selection is made, if a HEAD correction is currently active
(see Section 3.3.7) the head correction is momentarily disabled while running
AutoZ to avoid “zeroing out” the head value.

The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa).

Run AutoZ by Entry

AutoZ by entry allows the value of Pstd,0 (see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE) to be
entered directly from the RPM4-AD front panel. This provides a simple way of
AutoZeroing relative to an independent reference device such as a house
barometer that does not interface directly with RPM4-AD.
To access run AutoZ by entry press [AutoZ], <1entry>. The display is:

1. Real time pressure reading (without head

correction), pressure unit of measure and
measurement mode of the active Q-RPT.
96.7755 kPa a Hi
2. Active Q-RPT position designator. Pstd,0:0.00000
3. Entry field for the value of Pstd,0. in the current
pressure unit of measure.

Enter the value of the AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) in the same unit of measure as the
top line display and press [ENT]. RPM4-AD logs the reading and calculates a
new AutoZ offset value. The next display is:

Press [ENT] to activate the new value of Old Poffset: 0.0 Pa

Poffset or [ESC] to start over with entry of a
new AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) value. New Poffset: 1.3 Pa

Page 49 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

If AutoZeroing the HL (parallel mode) Q-RPT the Old Poffset/New Poffset display
shows the values for both Q-RPTs simultaneously:
1. Old value of Poffset in Pascal for the Hi Q-RPT.
This is the value RPM4-AD is currently using.
2. New value of Poffset just determined for the Hi
Q-RPT. This is the value RPM4-AD will use if
it is activated. HiOld 1 Pa New 2
3. Old value of Poffset in Pascal for the Lo Q-RPT. LoOld 1 Pa New 2
This is the value RPM4-AD is currently using.
4. New value of Poffset just determined for the Lo
Q-RPT. This is the value RPM4-AD will use if
it is activated.

The value of Poffset is always in Pascal (Pa). The value of Pstd,0 is entered in
the current pressure unit of measure.

Run AutoZ by COM2

AutoZ by COM2 allows the value of Pstd,0 (see Section 3.5.1  Principle) to be read
automatically from a DHI RPMx connected to the RPM4-AD COM2
communications port. The RPMx is read and the new Poffset is calculated
automatically.
Before running AutoZ by COM2, if the AutoZ reference is another RPM4, the
RPM4 must be set up so that the active Q-RPT, measurement mode (absolute)
and unit of measure are compatible. RPM4 AutoZ by COM2 reads the reference
RPM4 “as is” and will use whatever pressure value it responds with to a simple
pressure request command.
To access run AutoZ by COM2 press [AutoZ], <2COM2>. The display is:

1. Real time pressure reading (without head

correction), pressure unit of measure and
measurement mode of the active Q-RPT.
96.7755 kPa a Hi
2. Active Q-RPT position designator. Pstd,0:96.7742
3. Real time reading from the RPMx connected
to RPM4’s COM2 communications port.

Observe the displayed pressures and verify that they are stable. When ready,
press [ENT] to cause AutoZ to run. RPM4-AD logs both readings and calculates
a new AutoZ offset value. The display is:

Press [ENT] to activate the new value of Old Poffset: 0.0 Pa

Poffset or [ESC] to start over. New Poffset: 3.1 Pa

When AutoZeroing the HL Q-RPT in absolute measurement mode (see

Section 3.2.5), the Old Poffset/New Poffset screen display shows both Q-RPTs
simultaneously.

For RPM4-AD to communicate with an RPMx connected to its COM2 port,

the RPM4-AD and the RPMx RS-232 interfaces must be set up properly (see
Section 3.5.2.1). If, the RPM4-AD is unable to communicate with an RPMx via
COM2 when running AutoZ by COM2, it times out after 6 seconds and
displays <RPM NOT detected>.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 50

 3. OPERATION

The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa).

Run AutoZ by Lo RPT

AutoZ by Lo RPT is available only if the active Q-RPT is the Hi Q-RPT. AutoZ by
Lo RPT allows the Lo Q-RPT in an RPM4-AD to serve as the AutoZ reference
(source of Pstd,0) (see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE). The Lo Q-RPT is read and
the new Poffset is calculated automatically.
To access run AutoZ by Lo RPT, first be sure that both Q-RPTs are at
atmospheric pressure. This can be accomplished by using SDS to isolate them
from the TEST ports and vent them. Press [AutoZ], <3Lo RPT>. The display is:

1. Real time pressure reading (without head

correction), pressure unit of measure and
measurement mode of the active Q-RPT. 96.7755 kPa a Hi
2. Active Q-RPT position designator. Pstd,0:97.7786
3. Real time reading from the Lo Q-RPT.

Observe the displayed pressures and verify that they are stable. When ready,
press [ENT] to cause AutoZ to run. RPM4-AD logs both readings and calculates
a new AutoZ offset value. The display is:

Press [ENT] to activate the new value of Old Poffset: 0.0 Pa

Poffset or [ESC] to start over. New Poffset: 3.1 Pa

The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa).

3.3.9.3 AUTOZ IN DIFFERENTIAL MODE

 PURPOSE
To compensate for the offset between the Hi Q-RPT and the Lo Q-RPT at the
operating “line pressure” in differential measurement mode.

See Section 3.5.1,  Principle for a full explanation of the AutoZ function.

 OPERATION

For the AutoZ function key to run AutoZ, AutoZ must be turned ON for the
active range and measurement mode. AutoZ ON is indicated by <z> to the
left of the Q-RPT designator on the first line of the MAIN RUN screen.
AutoZ ON and OFF is set using [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> (see Section 3.5.1). If
AutoZ is OFF for the active Q-RPT, and measurement mode, <AutoZ is off >
is displayed when [AutoZ] is pressed.

To run AutoZ in differential measurement mode, set differential as the

measurement mode (see Section 3.3.3) and OPEN SDS if SDS is CLOSED (see
Section 3.3.8.1).
Press [AutoZ] from the MAIN RUN screen.

Page 51 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

If the pressure on the Hi Q-RPT is higher than the maximum pressure of the Lo
Q-RPT, the display is:

Press [ESC] to return to the run screen.

Reduce Hi Q-RPT P
Reduce the pressure on the Hi Q-RPT
for bypass to open
TEST port and try again.

If the pressure on the Hi Q-RPT is lower than the maximum pressure of the Lo
Q-RPT, the RPM4-AD internal bypass valve opens (see Section 5.6 for
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K pneumatic schematic) and the display is:
1. Differential measurement (Hi – Lo).
2. Active Q-RPT position designator.
3. Lo Q-RPT measurement.
0.001 kts d Hd
4. Prompt that RPM-AD is in differential AutoZ *1000.44 ft [AZ]
mode and to press [AutoZ] when ready.

Note that the RPM4-AD bypass valve is open so the two Q-RPTs are exposed to
the same pressure. Adjust the pressure to the desired line pressure value (in the
case of airspeed measurement, adjust the pressure to the desired altitude value,
this is the altitude at which airspeed will be measured after AutoZ). The line
pressure or altitude is displayed on the bottom line of the RPM4-AD display.
Once the pressure has been adjusted to the desired line pressure, allow the
pressure to stabilize for at least 60 seconds.
After pressure stabilization, press [AutoZ] or [ENT] to proceed with the
AutoZero process.
<Running dif AutoZ> displays for about 7 seconds and operation returns to the
MAIN RUN screen. The bypass valve is closed and normal operation in
differential mode may resume. The differential measurement value should be
very near zero.

Before running AutoZ in differential mode, be sure the pressure applied to the Hi
Q-RPT (TEST (Pt) port) is not higher than the maximum pressure of the Lo Q-
RPT (160 kPa abs (23 psia)). When running AutoZ, the RPM4-AD internal bypass
valve connects the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs together so the pressure on the Hi Q-RPT
must be safe for the Lo Q-RPT. If running AutoZ in differential mode results in a
zero offset that RPM4-AD considers unusually large, <Confirm 0 DP> is
displayed when AutoZ is pressed. Check that the pressure applied to the TEST
ports is stable and leak free and try to AutoZ again.

Allow the RPM4-AD to stabilize at the line pressure (altitude) for at least
60 seconds before running AutoZ in differential mode.

3.3.10 [ENT]
 PURPOSE
Purpose depends on active DISPLAY mode (see Section 3.3.6).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 52

 3. OPERATION

3.4 [SETUP]
 PURPOSE
[SETUP] accesses a menu of functions and features commonly used in setting up and using RPM4-AD.

 OPERATION

To access the SETUP menu, press [SETUP] from the MAIN RUN 1range 2res 3stab
screen. The display is: 4UL 5ATest

SETUP menu choices include:

<1range> This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.
<2res> Adjust the resolution of measurement displays (see Section 3.4.2).
<3stab> Adjust the pressure stability test that is the criterion for the Ready/Not Ready indication
(see Section 3.4.3).
<4UL> Adjust upper and lower pressure limit alarms (see Section 3.4.4).
<5ATest> This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

3.4.1 <1RANGE>
This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

3.4.2 <2RES> (RESOLUTION)

 PURPOSE
To set the resolution with which various measured values and settings are displayed.
 PRINCIPLE
The resolution with which RPM4-AD displays pressure values can be adjusted.
The resolution setting determines the number of digits with which pressure is displayed.
The resolution is calculated based on the span of the range and then rounded to the furthest
digit to the right. For example, resolution of 0.001 % on a range of 150 kPa is
150 X 0.001 % = 0.0015 which is rounded down to 0.001 kPa.
When the displaying units of altitude, the resolution is adjusted as follows:
1, 0.1, 0.01% resolution: display 1 m or ft.
0.001% resolution: display 0.1 m or ft.
0.0001% resolution: display 0.01 m or ft.

Default resolution is 0.001% of active range span.

 OPERATION

To access the resolution function, press [SETUP], Display resltn: Hi

<2res>. The display is: 0.0010 %FS < and >
Use the cursor control keys to set the desired level of resolution. Press [ENT] to return to the
MAIN RUN screen with the new resolution setting active or [ESC] to make no changes.

The resolution setting is Q-RPT specific. A resolution setting made on one Q-RPT does
NOT affect other Q-RPTs.

Page 53 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The displayed resolution is fixed for altitude units at “1” for 1, 0.1 and 0.01% resolution; 0.1 for
0.001% resolution; 0.01 for 0.0001% resolution.

3.4.3 <3STAB>
 PURPOSE
To view and/or adjust the stability test that is the Ready/Not Ready criterion for the active
RPT and range.

See Section 3.2.4 Pressure Ready/Not Ready Indication.

 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD continuously monitors the rate of change of pressure measured by the active
Q-RPT and compares this rate to the stability limit to make a Ready/Not Ready determination
(see Section 3.2.4 Pressure Ready/Not Ready Indication). The stability function allows the
stability limit to be adjusted by the user to increase or decrease the stability required for a
Ready condition to occur.
Default stability limits are:
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K, all Q-RPTs
Absolute and gauge measurement modes: +/- 3 Pa ( 0.00044 psi) or air data equivalent.
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K, A160K (Lo) Q-RPT
Absolute and gauge measurement modes: +/- 3 Pa ( 0.00044 psi) or air data equivalent.
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K, A350K (Hi) Q-RPT
Absolute, gauge and absolute differential measurement modes: +/- 6 Pa ( 0.00088 psi) or air
data equivalent.

The stability limit is separate and different from the Rate DISPLAY function (see Section
3.3.6.2) which allows the current rate of change of pressure to be displayed.

 OPERATION
To access the stability setting adjustment, press [SETUP], <3stab>. The display is:
The stability limit is always displayed in the current
unit of measure if the unit of measure is a pressure Stability: Hi
unit. If the unit is an airdata unit, the stability limit is 3 Pa
expressed in Pascal (Pa), the SI unit of pressure.

Edit the desired stability limit setting if desired. [ENT] activates the stability limit for the active
Q-RPT and returns to the MAIN RUN screen Press [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen
with no change to the stability limit.

The default stability limit is + 3 Pa (0.00044 psi) for A160K Q-RPTs in all measurement
modes and + 6 Pa (0.00088 psi) for the A350K Q-RPT in all measurement modes.

The stability setting is Q-RPT specific. A stability setting made for one Q-RPT does NOT
affect other Q-RPTs.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 54

 3. OPERATION

3.4.4 <4UL> (UPPER LIMIT)

 PURPOSE
To set the upper and lower pressure limit values for a pressure range and measurement mode.
 PRINCIPLE
The UPPER LIMIT function provides the user with settable pressure limits at which an alarm
sounds. Absolute and gauge measurement modes (see Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE) have
upper limits only. Differential and negative gauge modes have a lower limit.
When the limit is reached, RPM4’s beeper sounds intermittently as long as pressure is
outside the limit.
The UPPER LIMIT function has two purposes. First, when UL is set to its default value, it serves
as a warning that the maximum pressure of the active Q-RPT is about to be exceeded. Second,
UL can be set by the user to a value other than the default value to provide an alarm that a
specific pressure limit has been exceeded. This feature is often used to help protect an external
device or system on which RPM4-AD is being used to measure pressure. For example, it might
be set just over the full scale of a device under test (DUT) that is being calibrated.

The default upper limit is 102 % of Q-RPT maximum working pressure. The default lower
limit (negative gauge mode only ) is – 110 kPa (- 16 psi).

In differential measurement mode (see Section 3.2.6), UL has upper and lower limits. If
the measurement unit is an airspeed unit, there is no lower limit.
In differential measurement mode, the ULs on the Lo Q-RPT and Hi Q-RPT default range are
also active so that line pressure (Lo Q-RPT) and total pressure (Hi Q-RPT) upper limit can be
set and monitored in addition to a differential limit.

 OPERATION
To view or edit upper and lower limits press [SETUP], <4UL>.
If the current measurement mode is absolute or gauge or if the active unit of measure is an
airspeed unit, there is an upper limit only. The display is:

Upper limit: Hi
1. Entry field for upper limit value in active pressure unit of 163.2 kPa a
measure and measurement mode.

Edit the upper limit value as desired. The maximum upper limit is 102 % of default Q-RPT full
scale. Press [ENT] to return to the MAIN RUN screen with the new upper limit active. Press
[ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen with no change to the upper limit.
If the current measurement mode is negative gauge or differential and the unit of measure is
not an airspeed unit, there is an upper limit and a lower limit. The display is:

1. Entry field for upper limit value.

Upper: 63.2 Hi
2. Entry field for lower limit value and active range pressure unit
of measure and measurement mode indication. Lower:-110.0 kPa g

Page 55 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Edit the upper and lower limit values as desired. Use the cursor control keys to move
between the two edit fields. The lower limit must be a negative value. Press [ENT] to return
to the MAIN RUN screen with the new upper and/or lower limit active. Press [ESC] to return
to the MAIN RUN screen with no change to the limits.
When the upper or lower limit has been exceeded, the display of current pressure flashes
and a buzzer sounds for 3 seconds on/2 seconds off intervals. Change the pressure applied
to RPM4-AD so that it is within the upper and/or lower limit to return to normal operation.

Upper limit values are specific to each range and measurement mode. Be careful not to
assume that the upper limit set in one measurement mode will apply to the other. For
example, if you change the upper limit in gauge mode, the upper limit will not be changed in
negative gauge mode.

3.4.4.1 OVER PRESSURE FUNCTION

In addition to the UL function, RPM4-AD has an over pressure function.
The over pressure function executes when a Q-RPT measures a pressure that is
104 % of its maximum working pressure.
The over pressure function causes the measured pressure display to flash.
SDS closes shutting off the TEST port (see Section 3.2.8). The overpressure
function also logs the time and date of the overpressure condition in both user and
factory logs to assist in incident diagnosis (see Section Error! Reference source not
found.).
To recover from an overpressure condition, cycle RPM4-AD power. Be sure to
correct the condition that caused the overpressure before cycling power.

3.4.5 <5AT EST >

This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

3.5 [SPECIAL]
 PURPOSE

[SPECIAL] accesses a menu of RPM4-AD functions and features that are less commonly used or not
normally used in regular operation.

 OPERATION
1AutoZ 2remote 3head
Press [SPECIAL] from the MAIN RUN screen to access the
4SDS 5prefs 6Punit
SPECIAL menu. The display is:
7intern 8cal 9reset

Some screens, such as the SPECIAL menu, go beyond the two lines provided by the display. This is
indicated by a flashing arrow in the second line of the display. Press the cursor control keys to move the
cursor to access the lines that are not visible or directly enter the number of the hidden menu choice if you
know it.

SPECIAL menu choices include:

<1AutoZ> Manage AutoZero function for the active Q-RPT (see Section 3.5.1).
<2remote> View and edit COM port (RS-232) and IEEE-488 interface settings. Select remote syntax
style (see Section 3.5.2).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 56

 3. OPERATION

<3head> Set HEAD function gas and height unit of measure (see Section 3.5.3).
<4SDS> View and set the temporary and full time ON/OFF and OPEN/CLOSED status of SDS for
Q-RPTs.
<5prefs> View and set screen saver time, keypad sound frequency, unit ID number, time/date,
security protection level (see Section 3.5.5).
<6Punit> Customize the [UNIT] key unit of measure selections (see section 3.5.6).
<7intern> Access internal functions including on-board barometer viewing, read rate adjustment, incident
log viewing (see Section 3.5.7).
<8cal> View and adjust RPM4, Q-RPT and barometer calibration coefficients (see Sections
3.5.7.5, 5.2, 5.3).
<9reset> Access RPM4’s various reset functions (see Section 3.5.9).

3.5.1 <1A UTO Z>

 PURPOSE
To offset the RPM4-AD Q-RPTs readings relative to a reference value in order to
compensate for possible changes in Q-RPT zero between full recalibrations. In differential
measurement mode, to compensate for the difference between the reading of the Hi and Lo
Q-RPTs at the “line pressure” at which differential measurements are made.

To assure operation within measurement uncertainty specifications (see Section 1.2.2.1),

it is recommended that AutoZ be run (the value of Poffset updated) whenever vented in
gauge mode, whenever the line pressure is changed in differential mode and at least every
30 days or when RPM4-AD has been exposed to temperature changes exceeding 15 ºC
(36 ºF) in absolute mode.

 PRINCIPLE
AutoZ Purpose and Principle
The main component of the change over time of the RPM4-AD Q-RPTs is change in zero or
offset, independent of span. Offsetting or “rezeroing” RPM4-AD Q-RPTs relative to a
reference between recalibrations allows measurement uncertainty specifications to be
maintained with less frequent full calibrations. AutoZ is also used to compensate for the
difference between the Hi and Lo Q-RPT at the “line pressure” at which differential
measurements are made. The RPM4-AD AutoZero function (AutoZ) provides full on-board
support for the rezeroing process to simplify its application by the user.
The AutoZero function uses three values:
1. Pstd,0: The pressure value indicated by the AutoZ reference, the device that is acting as
the reference relative to which to offset the RPM4-AD Q-RPT.
In absolute measurement mode, the pressure at which AutoZ is performed is normally
atmospheric pressure and the Pstd,0 value can be obtained by RPM4-AD a) by manual
entry, b) automatically from a DHI RPMx connected to RPM4-AD COM2 communications
port, or automatically from the Lo Q-RPT.
In gauge measurement mode, Pstd,0 is always zero (atmospheric pressure) which is
supplied by definition when the Q-RPT is vented to atmosphere.
In differential measurement mode, Pstd,0 is the pressure indicated by the Lo Q-RPT
when the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs are connected to a common pressure.
2. Pu,0: The pressure reading of the Q-RPT, with no AutoZ offset, at the time AutoZ is
performed.

Page 57 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3. Poffset,G , Poffset,A and Poffset,D: The difference between the reading of the Q-RPT with no
AutoZ offset (Pu,0) and the indication of the AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) for gauge (G),
absolute(A) or differential (D) measurement mode:
Poffset = Pu,0 - Pstd,0
Poffset represents the difference between the Q-RPT reading (Pu,0) and the AutoZ standard
(Pstd,0). This value is used to correct the RPM4-AD Q-RPT so it agrees with the AutoZ
standard. The AutoZ function manages the determination, storage and application of Poffset
to correct the Q-RPT in absolute, gauge and differential measurement modes.
When the Q-RPT is calibrated, Poffset is set to zero. Poffset is then redetermined at regular
intervals using the AutoZ function. The most recent value of Poffset is applied to the Q-RPT
reading to correct for change in zero.
The AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF. Table 11 summarizes the effect of AutoZ
ON and OFF.

AutoZ in absolute measurement mode

RPM4-AD Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute. They have an evacuated and sealed reference.
In absolute measurement mode, the source of Pstd,0 must be an absolute pressure, nominally
atmospheric pressure, with uncertainty significantly better than that of the Q-RPT that is
being AutoZeroed.
When a Q-RPT is in absolute measurement mode with AutoZ ON, absolute pressure is
calculated as:
Pabs = Pu - Poffset,A
In absolute measurement mode, running the AutoZ function to update the AutoZ value
(Poffset,A), is initiated by the operator using [AutoZ] (see Section 3.3.9.2).

AutoZ in gauge and negative gauge measurement modes, dynamic compensation for
atmospheric pressure
RPM4-AD Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute but they are also used in gauge and negative
gauge (difference from atmosphere) measurement modes (see Section 3.3.3,
 PRINCIPLE). Gauge measurement mode is achieved by subtracting the value of
atmospheric pressure from the Q-RPT’s absolute reading using AutoZ and by dynamically
compensating for changes in atmospheric pressure between opportunities for AutoZ to
execute (see Section 3.2.2).
In gauge measurement modes, the value of Pstd,0 is always zero gauge pressure. Zero
gauge pressure, by definition, is applied to the Q-RPT when it is vented to atmosphere.
Gauge pressure is the measured absolute pressure, Pu, minus Poffset,G.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,G
When AutoZ is ON, dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure is also applied to
compensate for changes in atmospheric pressure as measured by a barometer (ΔPatm) between
AutoZ updates (see Section 3.2.2). The measured gauge pressure is calculated using ΔPatm
to correct the value of Poffset.G.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset.G - ΔPatm
In gauge measurement mode, running the AutoZ function to update the value of Patm,0, is
initiated by the operator using [AutoZ] (see Section 3.3.9.1). ΔPatm resets when AutoZ is run
is then updated continuously as new atmospheric pressure measurements are made by the
barometer.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 58

 3. OPERATION

When gauge or negative gauge mode is first activated, the value of Poffset.G subtracted
from the absolute pressure reading to achieve gauge pressure is standard atmosphere of
101.325 kPa. This can cause a large zero error when gauge mode is activated if
atmospheric pressure is significantly different from standard atmospheric pressure.
When gauge mode is activated, always press [AutoZ] to run AutoZ and obtain an actual
value of Poffset.G .

AutoZ in differential measurement mode

RPM4-AD supports differential measurement mode (see Section 3.2.6) in which the
measured pressure is the difference between the pressure measured by the Hi Q-RPT (Pt)
and the Lo Q-RPT (Ps) (Hi – Lo, Pt – Ps).
In differential measurement mode, the purpose of AutoZ is to compensate for the offset
between the Hi and Lo Q-RPT indications at the “line pressure” at which the differential
pressure is being measured. In differential measurement mode, when the active unit of
measure is an airspeed unit, the line pressure is altitude. The value of Pstd,0 is the pressure
measured by the Lo Q-RPT at the time of AutoZ.
In differential measurement mode, with AutoZ ON, differential pressure is calculated as:
Pdifferential = PHi - PLo - Poffset,D
In differential measurement mode, AutoZ is run when initiated by the operator pressing
[AutoZ]. RPM4-AD’s differential mode AutoZ function connects both RPTs together
internally to the TEST (Ps) port to be sure they are exposed to the same pressure.
AutoZ ON/OFF
The AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF, separately for gauge, absolute and
differential measurement modes and for each Q-RPT. Table 11 summarizes the effect of
AutoZ ON and OFF.
Table 11. AutoZ ON and OFF

AutoZ
MEASUREMENT AutoZ Poffset ΔPatm
ROUTINE
MODE STATUS APPLIED APPLIED
RUNS
When initiated
ON YES
Absolute Not Applicable by operator
OFF NO Not available

Gauge or ON YES When initiated

YES by operator
negative gauge OFF NO
When initiated
ON YES
Differential Not Applicable by operator
OFF NO Not available

Recommendations for the Use of the AutoZ Function

The AutoZ function provides a powerful and easy to use tool for improving the stability over
time of RPM4-AD Q-RPTs and maximizing the recalibration interval by compensating for zero
drift between full recalibrations. In differential measurement mode, it minimizes the
uncertainty in the differential pressure due to the offset between the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs at the
“line pressure” (altitude in air data measurement). The following simple recommendations
will help assure that you use the AutoZ feature to best advantage.
• In gauge and differential measurement mode: Always leave AutoZ ON when operating.
• In absolute measurement mode: Always leave AutoZ ON when operating if the AutoZ
routine has been run regularly using a valid atmospheric reference.

Page 59 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

• To assure operation within measurement uncertainty specifications (see Section 1.2.2.1),

run AutoZ whenever vented in gauge mode, whenever the line pressure is changed in
differential mode and at least every 30 days or when RPM4-AD has been exposed to
temperature changes exceeding 15 ºC (36 ºF) in absolute mode.
• In absolute measurement mode: Run AutoZ only when a reference whose
measurement uncertainty is known to be significantly better than that of the Q-RPT to be
AutoZeroed is available. The best possible reference with which to run AutoZ in absolute
measurement mode is a gas operated piston gauge (such as a DHI PG7601) applying
atmospheric pressure to the RPM4-AD TEST port. The best day to day reference is a
properly calibrated DHI RPM4 BA100K/BA100K interfaced directly as an external device
to the RPM4-AD COM2 port.
• In absolute measurement modes: Allow the RPM4-AD to stabilize at atmospheric
pressure and ambient temperature for 10 to 15 minutes before running AutoZ.
 OPERATION

The AutoZ function and values are Q-RPT AND measurement mode (absolute, gauge or
differential) specific.

[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> is to perform AutoZ management functions such as turning AutoZ

ON and OFF. In day to day operation, to RUN the AutoZ routine that rezeroes the
Q-RPTs, use [AutoZ] (see Section 3.3.9).

To access the RPM4-AD AutoZ function press [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>. The display is:

1. Active Q-RPT designator.

2. Indication of active measurement mode (<abs> for absolute, 1off 2view Hi
<gage> for gauge and negative gauge, <dif> for differential).
3edit abs ON
3. Indication of whether AutoZ is currently ON or OFF for this
Q-RPT and measurement mode.

Select <1off> (or <1on>) to change the AutoZ status for the current Q-RPT and
measurement mode from ON to OFF or vice versa.

AutoZ ON is indicated by a <z> in the MAIN RUN screen, top line, fourth character from
the right. When AutoZ is OFF, the character is blank.

Select <2view> to view the current value of Poffset for the active Q-RPT(s) and measurement mode.

Poffset should be zero when the RPM4-AD is new or has just been calibrated. Poffset should
be roughly equal to atmospheric pressure when operating in gauge mode.

Select <3edit> to edit the value of Poffset for the active Q-RPT and measurement mode
(see Section 3.5.1.1). This function is not normally used. In normal operation, [AutoZ] should
be used to obtain the value of Poffset (see Section 3.3.9).

The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 60

 3. OPERATION

3.5.1.1 EDIT AUTOZ

The edit AutoZ function should be used with great caution as entering
inappropriate values and turning AutoZ ON may result in out of tolerance
measurements. In normal operation, the value of the AutoZ offset, Poffset,
should be changed by running AutoZ using [AutoZ] (seen Section 3.3.9).
Before editing Poffset, see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE.

To edit the current Poffset value for the active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
press [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <3edit>. The display is:

1. Indication of active measurement mode

(<abs> for absolute, <gage> for gauge and
negative gauge, <dif> for differential). Poffset, Abs Hi
2. Active Q-RPT for which Poffset is being edited. 8.4 Pa
3. Edit field for value of Poffset.

Edit Poffset as desired and press [ENT] to activate the new value. Press [ESC] to
abandon changes.
If editing the HL (parallel mode) Poffset values, the editing display shows the
values for both Q-RPTs simultaneously:
1. Indication of measurement mode for which
this is Poffset (<a> for absolute, <g> for gauge).
2. Edit field for value of Hi Q-RPT Poffset.
Poff,a: 1 Pa Hi
3. Indication that this is the Hi Q-RPT Poffset. Poff,a: -1 Pa Lo
4. Edit field for value of Lo Q-RPT Poffset.
5. Indication that this is the Lo Q-RPT Poffset.

The value of Poffset is always in Pascal (Pa). The value of Pstd,0 is entered in
the current pressure unit of measure.

3.5.2 <2REMOTE>
 PURPOSE
To configure the RPM4-AD COM1, COM2 and IEEE-488 (GPIB) communication ports. To test
COM1 and COM2 communications. To select the remote programming communications format.
 PRINCIPLE
The RPM4-AD has two RS-232 communications ports referred to as COM1 and COM2 and a
single IEEE-488 (GPIB) port. COM1 or the IEEE-488 port is for communicating with a host
computer (see Section 4), and COM2 is reserved for communicating with an external device
(e.g. an RPMx, a multimeter, etc.). These ports’ settings can be viewed and changed using
[SPECIAL], <2remote>.
RPM4-AD has two remote communications formats, classic and enhanced (see Section 4.3).
Which of these is active can be selected.
A self test is supplied for RS-232 communications. The self test allows verification that the
RPM4-AD RS232 ports (COM1 and COM2) are operating properly and that a valid interface
cable is being used.

Page 61 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

 OPERATION
To access the communications settings, press [SPECIAL], <2Remote>.
• Select <1COM1> to view and edit COM1 settings (see Section 3.5.2.1.).
• Select <2COM2> to view and edit COM2 settings (see Section 3.5.2.1.).
• Select <3IEEE> to view and edit IEEE-488 settings (see Section 3.5.2.2).
• Select <4format> to select the remote communications command format (see Section 3.5.2.3).
• Select <5RS232test> to run the COM1 and COM2 communications test (see Section 3.5.2.4).

3.5.2.1 <1COM1, 2COM2>

The COMx ports can be set for specific communications settings. The settings
are baud rate, parity, data bits and stop bits. The available options are:
Baud 300, 600, 1 200, 2 400, 4 800, 9 600, 19 200, 28 800, 38 400
Parity NONE, ODD or EVEN
Length 7 or 8
Stop Bit 1 or 2
The default is <2 400, E, 7,1> for both COM1 and COM2.
The user can also specify one or two termination characters as well as define
these characters. These are referred to as “Term1” and “Term2”. These define
the characters that mark the end of commands that are sent to the RPM4-AD.
The RPM4-AD looks for an ASCII(13) (carriage return) to terminate a received
command but responds with both and ASCII(13) (carriage return) and an
ASCII(10) (line feed). There are no other options.

3.5.2.2 <3IEEE-488>
The IEEE-488 port’s primary address can be set from 1 to 31 in this screen.
The factory default value is 10. Secondary addressing is not used or supported.
This address must not conflict with the address of any other device on the same
IEEE-488 bus.
The receiving terminating character must be a line feed and EOI. Carriage returns
are ignored if received. The RPM4-AD sends a line feed and asserts the EOI
line to terminate a reply. These settings are fixed to agree with IEEE Std. 488.2.
If you change the address, the IEEE interface will reset (PON) and become idle.

3.5.2.3 <4FORMAT>
The RPM4-AD has two different syntax formats available for the remote program
commands.
The classic remote command format is highly intuitive and conforms with
previous DHI PPC and RPM products.
The enhanced remote command format generally uses the same commands as
the classic format, but in addition it follows the syntax, format, and status
reporting features of IEEE Std 488.2.
The details of each format are covered in Section 4.3.
[SPECIAL], <2remote>, <4format> allows the remote program command
syntax to be selected. The cursor is on the active format. Select <1classic> or
<2enhanced> as desired.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 62

 3. OPERATION

3.5.2.4 <5RS232 SELF-TEST>

The RS232 self-test is provided to check the RPM4-AD COM ports and the
interface cable independently of an external device or computer.
If you are having difficulty communicating with RPM4-AD from a host
computer using RS232, the RS232 self test can help establish that the
RPM4-AD COM1 port you are trying to communicate with and the interface cable
you are using are good.
To run a self test of the RS232 ports (COM1 and COM2), press [SPECIAL],
<2remote>, <5RS232test>.
The display prompts you to connect COM1 to COM2 using a standard pin-to-pin
DB-9F to DB-9M RS232 cable (see Section 4.2.1.1, 4.2.1.3).
Once the cable has been installed, press [ENT] to run the self-test. The test is first
executed in the COM1→COM2 direction and then in the COM2→COM1 direction.
If the COM1→COM2 test passes: <PASSED> displays briefly and the test
proceeds to COM2→COM1.
If COM2→COM1 passes: <PASSED> is displayed briefly followed
by the conclusion, <The RS232 test has
PASSED>.
If a test fails: Execution is suspended until [ENT] is
pressed.

The RPM4-AD RS232 test can fail for three reasons:

1. The RS232 cable being used is incorrect (Section 4.2.1.1, 4.2.1.3 for
information on the correct cable).
2. COM1 and COM2 do NOT have the same serial communications settings
and therefore cannot communicate together (see Section 3.5.2.1 to set
the COM ports).
3. COM1 or COM2 is defective.
The reason for failed communications is almost always a cable or incorrect
RS232 interface settings. Be sure that these are correct before concluding
that a COM port is defective.

3.5.3 <3HEAD>
 PURPOSE
To view or change the properties of the HEAD function (see Section 3.3.7) including the unit of
measure of length for head height entry and the test gas species for density calculations.
 OPERATION
From the MAIN RUN screen, pressure [SPECIAL], <3Head>.
Select the desired height unit of measure and press [ENT].
Select the gas species and press [ENT].
Use [HEAD] to set a head height if desired (see Section 3.3.7).

Page 63 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.5.4 <4SDS>
 PURPOSE
To open and close SDS temporarily or to turn the SDS function ON and OFF full time.

See Section 3.2.8 for complete information on RPM4’s SDS (Self Defense System) feature.

 PRINCIPLE
SDS is a self defense system to protect RPM4-AD Q-RPTs from overpressure (see Section 3.2.8).
Normally, opening and closing SDS is performed automatically by the RPM4-AD or by the operator
using the [SDS] key.
[SPECIAL], <4SDS> gives further control over the SDS function. This includes:
a) temporarily opening or closing SDS on either the Hi or Lo Q-RPT (see Section 3.5.4.1), and; b)
turning OFF SDS so that it is open full time and RPM4-AD can be operated as if SDS were not
installed (see Section 3.5.4.2).
The temporary opening or closing of SDS allows the SDS open/closed state to be set to the desired
state immediately. Following the change, normal automated operation of SDS and control using the
[SDS] continues. This function is often used to open SDS on the inactive Q-RPT.
Setting the SDS function to full time OFF eliminates the SDS function completely for both Q-RPTs
(except for reaction to an overpressure condition) until SDS is set to full time ON again.

3.5.4.1 <1TEMP OPEN/CLOSE>

 OPERATION

See Section 3.2.8 for complete information on RPM4’s SDS (Self Defense
System) feature.

To temporarily open or close the SDS of the Hi or Lo Q-RPT press [SPECIAL],

<4SDS>, <1temp open/close>. Select the Hi or Lo Q-RPT. The next display is:
The cursor is on the current state of SDS for the
designated Q-RPT. Select <1close> to close
SDS temporary: Hi
SDS or <2open> to open SDS and return to the
1close 2open
MAIN RUN screen. Press [ESC] to return
without making changes.
If <2open> is selected and SDS for the Q-RPT is not already open, the SDS
opening screen with indication of the maximum pressure of the Q-RPT is displayed.
This is the same screen used when opening SDS using the [SDS] key (see
Section 3.3.8). Check that the pressure applied to the Q-RPT module TEST port
does not exceed the Q-RPT’s Pmax! value before confirming that SDS should be
opened.
SDS temporary open and close in parallel measurement mode (HL)
In parallel measurement mode (HL Q-RPT), the active TEST port is the
TEST(Ps) port in absolute measurement mode and the TEST(Pt) port in gauge
measurement mode. Opening SDS using [SDS] opens the active TEST port and
the internal bypass valve between the two Q-RPTs (see Section 5.6 for
schematics and valve states) while the inactive TEST port is left closed. Closing
SDS using [SDS] closes the active TEST port amd the internal Q-RPT bypass
valve. When SDS is open, SDS temporary open can be used to open the

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 64

 3. OPERATION

inactive TEST port. When SDS is open, SDS temporary close can be used to
isolate and vent the specified Q-RPT.

Opening SDS with a pressure greater than Pmax! applied to the test port
may cause overpressure damage to the Q-RPT.

3.5.4.2 <2FULL TIME ON/OFF>

 OPERATION

See Section 3.2.8 for complete information on RPM4’s SDS (Self Defense
System) feature.

Turning SDS “full time OFF” eliminates normal SDS operation so that the
active TEST port remains open. However, the SDS overpressure function
(see Section 3.4.4.1) remains active.

To turn SDS full time ON/OFF, press [SPECIAL], <4SDS>, <2full time on/off >.
The next display is:
The cursor is on the current state of SDS
ON/OFF. Select <1on> to set SDS for normal
operation and return to the MAIN RUN screen. SDS full time:
Select <2off> to open SDS permanently so 1on 2off
operation is as if SDS were not installed. Press
[ESC] to return without making changes.
If <2off> is selected and SDS is not already open, the SDS opening screen with
indication of the maximum pressure of the Q-RPT is displayed. This is the same
screen used when opening SDS using the [SDS] key (see Section 3.3.8). Check
that the pressure applied to the Q-RPT module TEST port does not exceed the
Pmax! value before confirming that SDS should be opened.

Opening SDS with a pressure greater than Pmax! applied to the TEST port
may cause overpressure damage to the Q-RPT.

With SDS “full time OFF”, when using parallel measurement, the active TEST
port is still switched between the Ps and Pt port depending upon
measurement mode (see Section 3.2.5).

3.5.5 <5PREFS>
 PURPOSE
To access a menu of RPM4-AD operational preferences and functions.
 OPERATION

To access the PREFS menu press [SPECIAL], 1ScrSvr 2sound 3time

<5prefs>. The display is: 4ID 5level

Page 65 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The PREFS menu includes:

<1ScrSvr> View and change the screen saver activation time (see Section 3.5.5.1).
<2sound> View and change the key press sounds (see Section 3.5.5.2).
<3time> View and edit the internal time and date settings (see Section 3.5.5.3).
<4ID> View the RPM4-AD serial number (SN) and view or edit the ID number
(see Section 3.5.5.4).
<4level> View and set user security level and/or password (see Section 3.5.5.5).

3.5.5.1 <1S CR S VR >

 PURPOSE
To adjust the idle time after which RPM4’s SCREEN SAVER activates.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD has a SCREEN SAVER function which causes the display to dim after
a front panel key is NOT pressed for a certain amount of time. The default is for the
screen saver to activate after 10 idle minutes. The screen saver activation time
can be adjusted by the user or screen saving can be completely eliminated.

Setting screen saver time to zero eliminates the SCREEN SAVER function so
that the display permanently remains at full brightness.

 OPERATION
To access the SCREEN SAVER function, press [SPECIAL], <5prefs>,
<1ScrSav>. Edit, in minutes, the idle time after which screen saver will activate
to dim the screen. Set the time to zero to eliminate the SCREEN SAVER function.

3.5.5.2 <2SOUND>
 PURPOSE
To adjust or suppress the RPM4-AD valid key press sound.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD provides audible feedback by a brief “beep” when a valid key press is
made. The tone frequency of this beep may be selected from three choices or it
may be completely suppressed. Invalid key presses are indicated by a
descending two tone “blurp” which cannot be suppressed.
 OPERATION
To access the keypad sound adjustment function press [SPECIAL], <5prefs>,
<2sound>.
Select between <2lo>, <3mid> or <4hi> to adjust the valid key press tone frequency.
Select <1none> to suppress the valid key press tone.

The sound function only affects the valid key press tone. The invalid key
press tone and other RPM4-AD sounds cannot be adjusted or suppressed.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 66

 3. OPERATION

3.5.5.3 <3TIME>
 PURPOSE
To view and edit the RPM4-AD internal time and date settings.
 OPERATION

To access the TIME function Edit: 1time 2date

press [SPECIAL], <5prefs>, <3time>.
The display is: 08:32:11 am 20030125

Select <1time> to edit the time. Edit hours, then minutes, then am/pm by
pressing [ENT] after each entry. Seconds go to zero when minutes are entered.
This can be used to synchronize the time with a time standard.
Select <2date> to edit the date. The date must be specified in YYYYMMDD format.

The RPM4-AD date and time are set to United States Mountain Standard
Time in the final test and inspection process at the factory. If desired, use
the TIME and DATE function to set your local time and date.

3.5.5.4 <4ID>
 PURPOSE
To view or edit the RPM4-AD user ID and to view the RPM4-AD serial number.
 OPERATION
To access the ID function press [SPECIAL] and select <5prefs>, <2ID>.
Select <1view> to view the current ID.
Select <2edit> to edit the ID.
The ID has twelve characters. When the edit screen is opened, the cursor is on
the first character. Numerical values can be entered directly from the keypad. In
addition, the cursor control keys can be used to toggle through a list of available
alphanumeric characters. Holding the key slews through the characters.
Character order going up is: blank space, symbols, lower case letters, upper
case letters, numbers. After selecting a character, press [ENT] to activate it and
move to the next character field.
When a character is selected the cursor moves to the next character. To leave a
blank character, press [ENT] with the field for that character blank. Use this for
the trailing characters if the ID being entered is less than twelve characters.
After the last of the twelve characters has been entered, the <Save ID?> option is offered.
Select <1no> to return to the ID edit screen. Select <2yes> to save the edited ID.

The ID can be set remotely from a computer which is quite a bit more
convenient than entering characters from the keyboard (see Section 4.4.4,
ID command). The ID is not cleared or reset by any RESET function (see
Section 3.5.9).

Page 67 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.5.5.5 <5LEVEL> (SECURITY)

 PURPOSE
To set user protection levels to restrict access to certain functions and to edit the
password required for changing user levels.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4’s front panel user interface provides the means to access all RPM4-AD
user defined data, settings and functions including calibration data. Inadvertent,
uninformed or unauthorized altering or deleting of data, settings and functions
could require extensive reconfiguration by the user and might cause invalid
readings and behavior. For these reasons, depending upon the application in
which RPM4-AD is being used, it may be desirable to restrict access to some
functions. The user level function provides a means of restricting access to certain
functions. Four different levels of security are available.
Access to changing security levels can be left open, or be protected by a password.
Security Levels
The security levels are structured to support typical operating environments as follows:
None This level is intended for use only by the system manager and/or
calibration facility. It allows access and editing in all areas including
critical metrological information.
Low Low security is designed to protect the specific metrological
information and SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC AND MAINTENANCE
functions of the system against accidental alteration. It is intended for
an advanced operator performing many different tasks. Low security
is the default user level setting.
Medium Medium security is designed to protect specific metrological
information in the system and to assure that the RPM4-AD is
operated using consistent operational parameters.
High High security is designed to protect all operating parameters. It is
intended to minimize operator choices, for example to perform
repeated identical calibrations under consistent conditions.

RPM4-AD is delivered with the security level set at low to avoid inadvertent
altering of critical internal settings but with access to changing security
levels unrestricted. It is recommended that the low security level be
maintained at all times. If there is a risk of unauthorized changing of the
security level, changing authority should be password protected
(see  OPERATION of this section).

The security levels are structured to support typical levels of operation as shown
in Table 12. Specifically, the security levels prevent execution of the functions
accessed by the key strokes marked by “•”:

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 68

 3. OPERATION

Table 12. Security levels

FUNCTION LOW MEDIUM HIGH

[RANGE] •
[ENT] •
[UNIT] •
[MODE] •
[AutoRange] • •
[LEAK CK] •
[DISPLAY] • •
[HEAD] •
[SDS] •
[AutoZ] (in absolute mode) • •
[SETUP] •
[SETUP], <1range> • •
[SETUP], <2res> • •
[SETUP], <4UL> • •
[SPECIAL] •
[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> • •
[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <1on/1off> • • •
[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <3edit> • • •
[SPECIAL], <2remote> •
[SPECIAL], <2remote>, make changes • •
[SPECIAL], <3head> • •
[SPECIAL], <4SDS> • •
[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <1ScrSvr> • •
[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <2sound> • •
[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <3time> • •
[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <3time>, make changes • • •
SPECIAL], <5pref>, <4ID>, <2edit> • • •
[SPECIAL], <6Punit> • •
[SPECIAL], <7internal> • •
[SPECIAL], <7internal>, <3RPT2x> • • •
[SPECIAL], <7interrnal>, <5log>, clear log • • •
[SPECIAL], <8cal> • •
[SPECIAL], <8cal>, <2edit> under any selection • • •
[SPECIAL], <4reset> • •
[SPECIAL], <4reset>, <4cal> • • •
[SPECIAL], <4reset>, <5all> • • •
Remote communications disabled •
“•” indicates the function/menu is NOT accessible.

Page 69 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

 OPERATION
RPM4-AD is delivered with no active password and access to the User Level menu is
open. The user level is set to <1Low>. User levels can be changed freely until a
password has been created.

To access the LEVEL function 1change user level

press [SPECIAL], <5prefs>, <5level>.
The display is: 2edit password

Selecting <1change user level> brings Restrictions: 1none

up the restriction menu: 2low 3medium 4high
The cursor is on the current restriction level. Select a different level or
or [ESC] back to the MAIN RUN screen.

If no password is active, selecting Password: pppppp

<2edit password> displays the user
password and allows it to be edited. 0 disables password

Once a password has been entered, the user level cannot be changed without
reentering the password.

Passwords can be up to six numbers in length and cannot start with a zero.
If <0> is entered, the password is made inactive and the user will not be required
to enter a password to access the user level menu. This condition, with a
security level of <2low>, is the factory default.

If there is an active password, the

RPM4-AD password entry screen RPM4 SNnnnn-xx
appears. The user must enter the user
defined password or the factory Password: pppppp
secondary password to proceed further:

The first field, <nnnn>, is the serial number of the RPM4, followed by a second field,
<xx>, that represents the number of times that a secondary password has been
used. The second field, <xx>, increments each time a secondary password is
used. The third field, <pppppp> is for user entry of the normal password.

The factory secondary password is available in case the user’s password has
been misplaced or forgotten. It can be obtained by contacting a DHI
Authorized Service Center (see Table 34). The factory secondary password
is different for all RPM4’s and changes each time it is used.

3.5.6 <6PUNIT>
 PURPOSE
To customize the choice of units of measure available in the [UNIT] key menus.
 PRINCIPLE
The [UNIT] function key makes available a choice of six default units of measure depending
on the active Q-RPT and measurement mode (see Section 3.3.2 and Table 9, Table 10).
RPM4-AD also supports many commonly used units that are not included in the default set up.
These units can be made available for active selection by customizing the UNIT function
using [SPECIAL], <6PresU>. The typical user customizes the [UNIT] function key displays

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 70

 3. OPERATION

to support his/her six most commonly used units. This allows RPM4-AD to offer a very wide
selection of units without having to deal with a long unit list in day to day operation.
 OPERATION WITH RPM4 A160K/A160K
To customize the [UNIT] function key, press [SPECIAL], <6PresU> from the MAIN RUN
screen. The display is:
Select the Q-RPT and measurement modes for which
the UNIT function menu is being customized. The Setup unit for Q-RPT
<other> selection covers the measurement modes 1Hi abs 2Hi other
other than absolute (gauge, negative gauge, 3HL abs 4HL other
differential) when applicable.
The next display is:

1. Entry field to specify which unit position (1 to 6) of the UNIT

function menu is to be changed. Set up unit #6
for Hi absolute mode

Enter the number of the unit position on the UNIT function menu that you would like to change.
The next display lists the types of measurement unit supported by RPM4-AD.
Select the unit type. <SI> and <other> are pressure Unit#6 1SI 2other
units. Not all unit types are available for all Q-RPTs 3altitude 4airspeed
and measurement modes. 5user

See Table 13 for definition of unit type availability by Q-RPT and measurement mode. If the
measurement unit type selected is not available for the selected Q-RPT and/or measurement
mode, <Not available on [Q-RPT], [measurement mode]> is displayed. Press [ESC] to
return to the unit type selection screen and select a valid unit type.
Table 13. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing)

Q-RPT MEASUREMENT UNIT TYPE

MODE
PRESSURE ALTITUDE AIRSPEED USER
1 1 1
Hi and Absolute <a> Yes Yes No Yes
Lo
parallel Gauge,
1 2 2 1
<HL> negative gauge <g> Yes No Yes Yes

Hi Absolute <a> Yes No No Yes

<Hi>,
<Hd> Gauge,
2 2
negative gauge <g>, Yes No Yes Yes
differential <d>

1. Best measurement uncertainty .

2. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

After selecting the unit type, select the unit. Table 14 lists the unit selection menus by unit type.

Page 71 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 14. UNIT function - available units of measure

1
<1SI> <2OTHER> <3ALTITUDE> <4AIRSPEED> <4USER>
<1calibrated> <2true>

<1Pa> <1psi> <1feet> <1kts> <1KTS>

<2hPa> <2psf> <2meters> <2mph> <2MPT>
<3kPa> <3inHg> <3km/h> <3KM/H>
<4MPa> <4inWa> <4mach> <4MACH>
<5mbar> <5kcm2>
<6bar> <6Torr>
<7mmHg> <7mTor>
<8mmWa>

1. SI pressure units include certain units based on SI such as mmWa.

If <3airspeed> is selected, the type of airspeed unit must be selected. The display is:
Select <1calibrated> for airspeed calculated from
the differential pressure (Qc) assuming a fixed
altitude and air temperature (see Section 7.2 for
information on RPM4-AD unit conversions). This is Airspeed type:
the most commonly used air speed unit. Select 1calibrated 2true
<2true> for airspeed calculated from differential
pressure (Qc) taking into consideration altitude (Ps)
and a user entered temperature value.
If <2true> is selected, the default air temperature to be used in calculating airspeed must be
entered. The display is:

True airspeed
1. Entry field for default temperature to be used in true default T: 15.0 ºC
airspeed calculation. The default value is 15 ºC.

Enter the default temperature value. This value can be edited when a true airspeed unit is
selected in the [UNIT] menu. Changing this value changes the default temperature value for
any true airspeed units that have already been setup.

In RPM4-AD displays, calibrated airspeed units are represented in lower case (e.g. kts)
and true airspeed units are represented in upper case (e.g. KTS).

If <4user> is selected, the user unit must be defined. The display is:

Define user unit:

1. Entry field. 1.000000 unit/Pa

Enter the number of user units per Pascal (Pa) in the entry field. Pressing [ENT] defines the
user unit and returns to the <Set up unit #n> screen.

The user defined unit label can be customized to any alphanumeric, four character label
using the remote command “UDU” (see Section 4.4.4).

See Section 7.2 for information on the unit of measure conversions used by RPM4-AD.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 72

 3. OPERATION

 OPERATION WITH RPM4 A350K/A160K

To customize the [UNIT] function key, press [SPECIAL], <6PresU> from the MAIN RUN
screen. The display is:

Select the Q-RPT for which the UNIT function menu is Setup UNIT for Q-RPT
being customized. 1Hi 2Lo

The next display is:

1. Q-RPT for which UNIT function menu is being customized.

Measurement mode: Hi
1absolute 2other

Select the measurement mode for which the UNIT function key menu is being customized.

1. Entry field to specify which unit position (1 to 6) of the UNIT

function menu is to be changed. Set up unit #6
for Hi absolute mode

Enter the number of the unit position on the UNIT function menu that you would like to
change.
The next display lists the type of measurement units supported by RPM4-AD.
Unit#6 1SI 2other
Select the unit type. <SI> and <other> are pressure
3altitude 4airspeed
units.
5user
See Table 15 for definition of unit type availability by Q-RPT and measurement mode. If the
measurement unit type selected is not available for the selected Q-RPT and/or measurement
mode, <Not available on [Q-RPT], [measurement mode]> is displayed. Press [ESC] to
return to the unit type selection screen and select a valid unit type.
Table 15. Available unit of measure types by active Q-RPT and measurement mode,
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing)

Q-RPT MEASUREMENT UNIT TYPE

MODE
PRESSURE ALTITUDE AIRSPEED USER
Lo Absolute <a> Yes Yes No Yes
<Lo>
Gauge,
Yes No No Yes
negative gauge <g>

Hi Absolute <a> Yes No No Yes

<Hi>,
<Hd> Gauge,
1 1
negative gauge <g>, Yes No Yes Yes
differential <d>

1. Altitude measured by Lo Q-RPT can be displayed while measuring airspeed.

After selecting the unit type, select the unit. Table 14 lists the unit selection menus by unit type.

Page 73 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

If <user> is selected, the user unit must be defined. The display is:

Define user unit:

1. Entry field. 1.000000 unit/Pa

Enter the number of user units per Pascal (Pa) in the entry field. Pressing [ENT] defines the
user unit and returns to the <Set up unit #n> screen.

The user defined unit label can be customized to any alphanumeric, four character label
using the remote command “UDU” (see Section 4.4.4).

See Section 7.2 for information on the unit of measure conversions used by RPM4-AD.

3.5.7 <7INTERNAL>
 PURPOSE
To view, set, adjust, and maintain various aspects of RPM4’s internal operation.
 OPERATION

To access the internal selections press [SPECIAL], 1baro 2ReadRt 3RPT2x

<7internal>. The display is: 4lo vnt 5log
The INTERNAL menu choices include:
<1baro> View the real time output of the on-board barometer, if present (see Section
3.5.7.1).
<2ReadRt> Turn ON and OFF RPM4’s automated, rate of change dependent, reading
integration rate feature (see Section 3.5.7.2).
<3RPT2x> The ability to turn ON and OFF parallel measurement mode is not used in
RPM4-AD.
Parallel measurement mode is always enabled in RPM4-AD A160K/A160K
(rotary wing) (see Section 3.2.5).
Parallel mode is not available in RPM4 A350K/A160K (fixed wing).
<4lo vnt> This feature is not used in RPM4-AD models..
<5log> View the RPM4-AD incident log (see Section Error! Reference source not
found.).

3.5.7.1 <1BARO>
 PURPOSE
To view the value of atmospheric pressure as measured by the RPM4-AD on-
board barometer.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD is equipped with a separate, on-board barometer. The atmospheric
pressure measurements made by the on-board barometer are used for dynamic
compensation of atmospheric pressure when making gauge pressure measurements
(see Sections 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE and 3.2.2).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 74

 3. OPERATION

See Section 5.5, Figure 7 and Section 5.6, Figure 8, Figure 9 for a photo and
schematics showing the position of the on-board barometer in RPM4-AD.

The on-board barometer is a low accuracy sensor used only for measuring
small changes in atmospheric pressure over short periods of time (see
Section 3.2.2). RPM4-AD measurement uncertainty does not depend on the
measurement uncertainty of the on-board barometer.

 OPERATION
To view the current reading of the on-board barometer press [SPECIAL],
<7internal>, <1baro>. The display is in the active pressure unit of measure
(see Section 3.3.2). The display resolution is fixed to 0.01 Pa, or its equivalent.

The barometer pressure reading is displayed in the current unit of measure.

If the current unit of measure is airspeed, the barometer pressure reading is
displayed in the default or last selected altitude unit. To display the
barometer in the a desired unit of pressure, return to the main run screen
and use [UNIT] to set the desired unit (see Section 3.3.2).

3.5.7.2 <2R EAD R T >

 PURPOSE
To turn ON and OFF RPM4’s automated, rate of change dependent, reading
integration rate feature.
 PRINCIPLE
To obtain maximum resolution from RPM4-AD Q-RPT pressure measurements,
an integration time of about 1.2 second per reading is used. In most situations,
maximum precision is needed when pressures are stable so a relatively slow
display update rate presents no disadvantage. However, when pressure is
changing quickly, more rapid pressure updates are usually more important than
obtaining maximum precision on individual readings. The RPM4-AD read rate
function automatically adjusts pressure measurement integration time depending
on the rate of change of pressure. When pressure is changing rapidly, reading
rate is increased. When pressure is evolving slowly, reading rate is decreased
and maximum precision is obtained.
When the automated read rate function is ON, three pressure rate of change
dependent read rates are used. The result is three display update rates:
Table 16. READRT - display update rates

PRESSURE DISPLAY
RATE OF CHANGE UPDATE
> 3 % of range span/s ≈ 0.2 s
> 0.5 and < 3 % of range span/s ≈ 0.6 s
< 0.5 % of range span/s ≈ 1.2 s

For situations in which maximum reading precision is desired regardless of

pressure rate of change, the RPM4 automated read rate function can be turned

Page 75 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OFF. In this case, the reading rate is always the high resolution rate of about 1.2
seconds per reading.
 OPERATION
To turn the automated read rate function ON or OFF or check its current status,
press [SPECIAL], <7internal>, <3ReadRt>.
Auto read rate:
The display is:
1on 2off
The cursor is on the current selection.
Selecting <1on> activates the automated reading rate and returns to the MAIN
RUN screen. Selecting <2off> turns OFF the automated reading rate and
returns to the MAIN RUN screen.
The default RPM4-AD condition is auto read rate ON.

Auto read rate ON/OFF is Q-RPT specific. Turning auto read rate ON or OFF
applies to all RPM4 measurements.

3.5.7.3 <3RPT2 X >

 PURPOSE
To enable and disable the RPM4-AD parallel measurement mode in which two
Q-RPT modules are used to measure in parallel and their readings are averaged.
The ability to turn ON and OFF parallel measurement mode is not used in
RPM4-AD. Parallel measurement mode is always enabled in RPM4-AD
A160K/A160K (rotary wing) (see Section 3.2.5). It is not available in RPM4
A350K/A160K (fixed wing).

3.5.7.4 <4LO VNT>

This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

3.5.7.5 <5LOG>
 PURPOSE
To view and/or clear the RPM4-AD event log.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD records to a log each time one of the following events occurs:
• Pmax! of an internal RPM4-AD Q-RPT or utility sensor is exceeded (see
Section 3.4.4.1).
• A memory fault occurs.

 OPERATION
To view the event log press [SPECIAL], <9Log>.
Use [ ] and [ ] to move back and forth between older and newer log entries.
Each log entry has two screens, one with the event description and one with the
even time and date. Use [ ] and [ ] to toggle between the two screens. The
oldest logged event appears.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 76

 3. OPERATION

After the last log has been viewed, the option to clear the log, <1no>, <2yes> is
presented. Use <2yes> to remove all entries from the log. Use <1no> to
continue without altering the log.
To leave the log, use [ESC].

3.5.8 <8CAL>
 PURPOSE
To calibrate the RPM4-AD Hi and Lo Q-RPTs and adjust the on-board barometer. These
functions are considered part of RPM4-AD maintenance and are covered in the maintenance
section of this manual (see Sections 5.2, 5.3).

3.5.9 <9RESET>
 PURPOSE
To reset various RPM4-AD settings to default or factory values.
 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD stores its user definable settings in non-volatile memory. The reset menu allows the
user to selectively or completely reset these settings to factory defaults. This clears any settings
that the user has made, and should be used only to restore the RPM4-AD to a known state.
RPM4-AD goes through its power up sequence after any type of reset is executed.

RPM4-AD reset functions will change current settings to factory defaults. These may include
settings vital to RPM4-AD operation and affecting the calibration of the quartz reference
pressure transducers (Q-RPTs). Reset functions should only be used by qualified personnel
with knowledge of reset consequences. Reset functions should never be used “experimentally”.

 OPERATION

To access the RESET menu, press [SPECIAL], 1sets 2units 3ATest

<9reset>. The display is: 4cal 5all
RESET menu choices include:
<1set> to reset general system operating parameters (see Section 3.5.9.1).
<2units> to reset unit of measure functions (see Section 3.5.9.2).
<3ATest> not used in RPM4-AD models.
<4cal> to reset internal calibration coefficients and modes (see Section 3.5.9.4).
<5all> to reset all settings except ID and security password to factory default values
(see Section 3.5.9.5).

Page 77 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.5.9.1 <1SETS>
 PURPOSE
Sets most general operating parameters back to default values. Does not affect
calibration coefficients or remote interfaces. The Reset – Sets resets are itemized
in Table 17.
Table 17. Reset – Sets

RESET RESULT SEE SECTION

Active Q-RPT Hi 3.2.1, 3.3.1
[UNIT] Pressure unit of measure to kts for Hd Q-RPT and ft for Lo Q- 3.3.2
RPT
[MODE] Measurement mode to absolute + differential.. 3.3.3

[RANGE] Hi Q-RPT in absolute + differential mode (Hd) 3.3.1

[HEAD] 0 cm height and Nitrogen medium 3.3

Stability Limit 3 Pa for A160K Q-RPT, 6 Pa for A350K Q-RPT 3.4.3
Upper Limit 102% of Hi Q-RPT range 3.4.4
Resolution 0.001 % FS of Hi Q-RPT default range 3.4.2
AutoZ AutoZ ON for all Q-RPTs and measurement modes. 3.5.1
Zoffset value not affected
AutoZ Patm,0 set to 101.325 kPa a 3.5.1, 3.2.2
Leak Check 15 second run time. Clear logged results 3.3.5
Screen Saver 10 minutes to activation 3.5.5.1
Key Sounds Medium tone valid key press sound 3.5.5.2
Lo Vnt Not used in RPM4-AD models. 3.5.7.4
Display RPT display 3.3.6.4
ReadRate Automatic 3.5.7.2

3.5.9.2 <2 UNITS>

 PURPOSE
Sets the six pressure units available under the UNIT function for various
measurement modes to the default selections (see Section 3.3.2, 3.5.6).
Sets the user defined unit to 1.000/Pa (see Section 3.5.6).
Sets the reference temperature for inWa unit to 20°C.
Sets the reference temperature for true airspeed units to 15°C.

3.5.9.3 <3AT EST >

This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 78

 3. OPERATION

3.5.9.4 <4 CAL>

 PURPOSE

The Reset - Cal function will reset Q-RPT, utility sensor and barometer
calibration coefficients and settings and reset AutoZ values to zero. This
will change the RPM4-AD calibration and could cause it to make out of
tolerance measurements.

Clears all user values affecting the calibration of Q-RPTs and the on-board
barometer. The Reset – Cal resets are itemized in Table 18.
Table 18. Reset – Cal

RESET RESULT SEE SECTION

All Q-RPT Calibration PA to zero, PM to 1 5.2.1.1, 5.2.7
Coefficients
On-board Barometer PA to zero, PM to 1 5.3
Calibration Coefficients
Calibration Date Set all dates to 19800101 5.2.7, 5.3
AutoZ values All Poffset values to zero for absolute mode and 3.5.1
101325 Pa for gauge and negative gauge modes
AutoZ function ON, all Q-RPTs, all measurement modes 3.5.1

3.5.9.5 <5 ALL>

 PURPOSE

The reset - all function clears and deletes large amounts of user defined
information including critical calibration data.

Combines all resets in one global reset command that clears the entire user
section of non-volatile memory except the ID function (see Section 3.5.5.4) and
the security level password (see Section 3.5.5.5) returning RPM4-AD to the
“as delivered” condition. The Reset – All resets are itemized in Table 19.
Table 19. Reset – All

RESET RESULT SEE SECTION

Reset – Sets All the resets of Reset - Sets 3.5.9.1
Reset – Units All the resets of Reset - Units 3.5.9.2
Reset – Atest All the resets of Reset - ATest --
Reset – Cal All the resets of Reset – Cal 3.5.9.4
Remote Interfaces COM1, COM2 and IEEE-R88 interfaces to 3.5.2
default settings.
Remote Communications Remote command format to Classic 3.5.2.3
Level (Security) Reset security level to low 3.5.5.5
SDS All SDS full time ON 3.5.4.2

Page 79 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NO T E S

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 80

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.1 OVERVIEW
Most of the RPM4-AD front panel functions can also be executed by commands from a remote computer. The
host computer can communicate to the RPM4-AD using the RPM4’s COM1 RS232 port or it’s IEEE-488 port.

Before writing test code using RPM4-AD remote commands, familiarize yourself with its operating
principles by reading Section 3 of this manual.

4.2 INTERFACING
Sending a program message to the RPM4-AD places it into remote mode. The remote indicator to the
right of the display window lights when the RPM4-AD is in remote mode. It also flickers when a program
message is received. The menus usually accessed from the front panel are locked out while in remote.
The [ESC] key returns the RPM4-AD to local operation unless the <REMOTE> program message, which
locks out all keypad operation, was sent to the unit.

4.2.1 RS232 INTERFACE

4.2.1.1 COM1
The RPM4-AD COM1 RS232 interface is located on the back of the unit. It is a
9-pin male DB-9F connector configured as a DCE device. Data is transmitted
out of the unit using pin 2, and is received on pin 3. This allows a normal pin-to-
pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable to be used to connect to a DTE host.
Handshaking is not required or supported. The COM1 receive buffer is
80 bytes deep. If you overflow the buffer by sending too much data, the data will
be lost. Because of this, you must send a single program message at a time
and you must wait for the RPM4-AD to reply from the previous command before
issuing another command.
Table 20. COM1 Pin Designations and Connections

RPM4-AD COM1 DB-9F PIN DESIGNATIONS

PIN # FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
2 TxD This pin transmits serial data from the RPM4-AD to the host.
3 RxD This pin accepts serial data from the host computer.
5 Grn This pin is the common return for the TxD and RxD signals.

IBM PC/XT DB-9F IBM PC/XT DB-9M TO RPM4-AD DB9F

CONNECTIONS CONNECTION
DB-25M DB-9F DB-9M DB-9F
2 3 3 3
3 2 2 2
7 5 5 5

Page 81 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.2.1.2 IEEE-488
The RPM4-AD IEEE-488 interface is located on the back of the unit. The
physical and electrical interface conforms to IEEE Std 488.1-1987 Subset E2 and
IEEE Std. 488.2-1992. You should not attempt to communicate with the IEEE-
488 interface while using the COM1 interface. The IEEE-488 receive buffer is
250 bytes deep. If you attempt to overflow the buffer, the RPM4-AD will hold off
release of the NRFD handshake line until it can service and empty the receive
buffer.
This keeps the buffer from overflowing. It is recommended that you check for
errors using the “ERR?” query after sending a group of non-query program
messages. When using queries, ensure that you wait for a reply to each query to
ensue proper operation and order of command execution. Replies to queries
remain in the reply queue until the host gets them, so they can “stack up”,
causing replies to appear out of sequence.

4.2.1.3 COM2
The RPM4-AD COM2 RS232 interface is located on the back of the unit. It can be
used to allow the host computer to communicate with another device through the
RPM4-AD. This allows the user to use one host COM port to communicate with the
RPM4-AD and an additional RS232 device. Refer to the “#” remote program
command for details.
COM2 is a 9-pin female DB-9F connector configured as a DTE device. Data is
transmitted out of the RPM4-AD using pin 3, and is received on pin 2. This allows a
normal pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable to be used to connect to a DCE
device.
Handshaking is not required or supported.

Table 21. COM2 DB-9F Pin Designations

PIN # FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

2 RxD This pin transmits serial data from the RPM4-AD to a device.
3 TxD This pin accepts serial data from the external device.
4 DTR This pin is Data Terminal Ready (DTR) (held at + 5 V).
5 Grn This pin is the common return for the TxD and RxD signals.

4.3 PROGRAMMING FORMATS

RPM4-AD supports two program message formats, the “classic”, and the “enhanced” formats. The
user must select which format to use. Selection can be accomplished from the front panel (see Section
3.5.2.3) or remotely using the “L2” or “L3” program message (see Section 4.4.4). The ”MSGFMT”
command can also be used to select the format, but is not recommended for new designs.

The main difference between the “classic” and “enhanced” formats is that when using the IEEE-488 interface,
a query operator “?” must be included in an enhanced command to yield a reply from the RPM4-AD. When
using the COM1 port in classic or enhanced mode or using the IEEE-488 port in classic mode, every
command has a reply which the host must wait for before continuing. In addition, the enhanced message
format supports IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, format and status reporting. The default is the classic format.

In either format, it is recommended that you start out a command sequence with the “*CLS” command,
which clears all of the communication and error queues. The basic commands are similar for both the
classic and enhanced formats, but the usage, syntax, format and status reporting are different.

Many RPM4-AD classic and enhanced commands are common with RPM4 (non-AD), PPC2+, PPCK+
and PPC3 Pressure/Controller Calibrators.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 82

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.3.1 CLASSIC PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT

Each program message sent is also a query. You can only send one program message to
the RPM4-AD at time. After sending any program message, you must wait for the RPM4-AD
to reply before sending another program message. This reply will contain data, or a numeric
error message if the program message was invalid. You must wait for this reply before
issuing another program message to the RPM4-AD. This insures that the RPM4-AD has
completed the program message. Most remote program messages will return a reply within
500 ms except:
“PR?”, “PRR?”, “SR?”, “ATM?”, “RATE?”: Up to 2 seconds.
“AUTOZERO=RUN”: Up to 10 seconds
“MODE=”, “UNIT=”, “RANGE=”: Up to 5 seconds
The syntax and format used for each program message in the classic mode is listed next to
the keyword “Classic”’ in each program message summary in Section 4.4.4.

4.3.2 ENHANCED PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT

The enhanced program message format uses the IEEE Std. 488.2 format, syntax and status
reporting. Errors are reported using the IEEE Std. 488.2 status reporting model. If an error is
reported, the error is put into an Error Queue and the “ERR?” query program message can
be used to get a text description of the most recent error. If you are using the IEEE-488 port,
the service request line can be setup to be asserted if this occurs (see Section 4.5.2). In the
enhanced format, there are two possible program message types for every program
message. Each of these two types starts with the same basic text referred to as the program
message header. The two types are COMMAND type and QUERY type commands.

4.3.2.1 USING COMMAND TYPE COMMANDS

Enhanced format commands DO NOT reply when using the IEEE-488

interface unless a “?” is included in the command. Do not expect a response
from the RPM4’s IEEE-488 interface to non-query (no “?”) commands as
there is none. Remote software will time-out waiting for a response from
RPM4-AD. However, in RS232 communications, there is always a response
and the response MUST be read prior to issuing another command.

The COMMAND type of program message executes a process and can

additionally send data to the RPM4-AD in the form of comma delimited
arguments. This data is usually a setting of some sort that is stored in the
RPM4-AD. If data is specified, it must be preceded by at least one white space
from the program message header and be within the range and format described
in the program message description. The keyword “Command:” appears to the
left of the required syntax in each program message description in Section 4.4.4.
If you are using the IEEE-488 port, the Command type does not generate a reply
unless you place a query operator “?” immediately after the command. You also
may send multiple program messages at once by separating each program
message with a semicolon. The commands are queued and executed in as
received order after the entire message stream has been received, so care in
determining order of execution is needed.
If you are using the RS232 port COM1, the Command type will always generate
a reply so you must wait for a reply before issuing another program message.
Because of this, you can only send one Command program message at a time
while using the COM1 port.

Page 83 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Examples:
• IEEE-488 enhanced mode command series using query operator:
“*CLS?” (Clear the error queue. Wait for reply)
“MMODE? A” (Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)
“UNIT? KPA” (Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)
“PR?” (Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)
• IEEE-488 enhanced mode commands without query operator:
“*CLS” (Clear the error queue. No reply)
“MMODE A” (No reply)
“UNIT KPA” (No reply)
“ERR?” (Wait for reply. User should use “ERR?” query following a
series of non query commands to check for errors that may
have occurred)
• IEEE-488 enhanced mode multiple commands without query operator:
“*CLS” (Clear the error queue. No reply)
“MMODE A; UNIT KPA” (Two command at once. No reply)
“ERR?” (Wait for reply. User should use “ERR?”
query following a series of non query
commands to check for errors that may
have occurred)
• COM1 enhanced mode command:
“*CLS” or “*CLS?” (Clear the error queue. Wait for reply)
“UNIT KPA” or “UNIT? KPA” (Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)
“MMODE A” or “MMODE? A” (Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)
“PR” or “PR?” (Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)

4.3.2.2 USING QUERY TYPE COMMANDS

The QUERY type of program message just requests data from the RPM4-AD.
Placing the query operator “?” immediately after the command creates a query.
You must wait for a reply with a query. If you send any type of program
message to the RPM4-AD after a query before receiving a reply, the program
message is discarded and an error is generated. Errors are reported using the
IEEE Std. 488.2 status reporting model. A Query program message always ends
with a question mark. Most queries return a reply within 200 ms except:
“PR?”, “PRR?”, “SR?”, “ATM?”, “RATE?”: Up to 2 seconds.
“RPT”, “AUTOZERO RUN”: Up to 3 seconds
The syntax for using a QUERY program message is listed next to the keyword
“Query:” in each program message summary in Section 4.4.4. Please note that
queries in enhanced mode via the IEEE-488 port that results in an error will not
result in a reply. You must check the error queue (use the “ERR” querie) to see
if an error has occurred.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 84

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.4 COMMANDS

4.4.1 PROGRAMMING MESSAGES

Some commands accept an optional suffix. This suffix can be used to specify the explicit Q-RPT
to address (HI, LO or HL). Only the HI or HL RPT can be the “active” Q-RPT at any time. If
the suffix is not specified, then the “Active” Q-RPT (“HI” or “HL”) is assumed. The “LO” Q-
RPT cannot be made the “active” RPT, but you can access it’s measurement using a suffix
of “2” in some commands. The “RANGE” command can be used to select the “Active” Q-
RPT. There are some limitations to use of the suffix when the RPM4-AD is in differential
mode (see Section 3.2.6) or the “HL” Q-RPT is active (see Section 3.2.5). See the program
message descriptions for suffix use with a specific command.
Table 22. Program Message List

COMMAND
‘n’ indicates an DESCRIPTION
optional suffix
# Send a command string out of the RPM4-AD COM2 port.
ABORT Stop pending operations
ARANGEn Command not available in RPM4-AD models.
ATM Read the current atmospheric pressure (on-board barometer).
AUTOZEROn Read or set the status of the AutoZ automatic zeroing function.
AUTOZEROn=RUN Run AutoZero.
CALAMB Read or set the on-board barometer calibration
COM1 Read or set the configuration of the COM1 port.
COM2 Read or set the configuration of the COM2 port.
CONTn Enable continuous measurements
DATE Read or set the current date.
ERR Read the last error message.
GPIB Read or set the GPIB interface address.
HEAD Read or set the fluid head settings.
ID Read or set the RPM4-AD alphanumeric asset ID tag.
L2 Selects “classic” program message format
L3 Selects “enhanced” program message format
LLn Read or set the lower limit for the current range (negative gauge and differential
modes only).
LOCAL Return control to the RPM4-AD front panel.
MEM Read the power-up memory test status.
MMODEn Read or change the active measurement mode.
MSGFMT Read or set the type of program message format to use.
NVENTn Command not available in RPM4-AD models.
PCALn Read or set the user Lo Q-RPT calibration information.
PCAL:XX Read or set the user Lo Q-RPT calibration information (old command).
PRn Read the next RPM4-AD pressure.
PRRn Read the next RPM4-AD pressure, rate, and ATM.
QPRRn Read the last RPM4-AD pressure, rate and ATM.
RANGE Select a Q-RPT to be active
RATEn Read the next available rate of change of pressure.
READRATEn Read or set the Q-RPT measurement read rate and mode
READYCKn Read or set a flag that is cleared by a Not Ready condition.
REMOTE Enable remote local lockout operation.
RESn Read or set the pressure display resolution.
RESET Reset the RPM4-AD to default user parameters.
RPTn Read the available Q-RPT data.
SCRSAV Read or set the front panel screen saver period.
SDSn Read or set the SDS state for a specific Q-RPT
SDSACT Read or set the active Q-RPT SDS state
SDSAUTO Read or set the SDS mode for both Q-RPTs
SN Read the serial number of the RPM4-AD.
SRn Read the next available pressure status (Ready/Not Ready).
SSn Read or set the stability required for a Ready condition.
SS%n Read or set the stability required for a Ready condition (% span/ s).
TIME Read or set the current time of day.
UCOEFn Convert a pressure in Pascal to pressure in the current units.

Page 85 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMMAND
‘n’ indicates an DESCRIPTION
optional suffix
UDU Read or set the user defined pressure unit.
ULn Read or set the upper limit for the current range.
UNITn Read or set the pressure unit of measure for the current range.
VER Read the RPM4-AD software version.
ZOFFSETn Read or set the AutoZero Zoffset for the specified Q-RPT.
ZOFFSET:XX Read or set the AutoZ Zoffset for the specified Q-RPT (old command).

4.4.2 ERROR MESSAGESS

Table 23. Error #s and Descriptions

REPLY DESCRIPTION
ERR# 0 “OK”
ERR# 2 “Text argument is too long”
ERR# 3 “Arguments cannot be 0”
ERR# 4 “External device not detected”
ERR# 5 Not used
ERR# 6 “Numeric argument missing or out of range”
ERR# 7 “Missing or improper command argument(s)”
ERR# 8 “External device time-out error”
ERR# 9 “Unknown command”
ERR# 10 “Missing or invalid command suffix”
ERR# 11 “Command missing argument”
ERR# 12 “System overpressured” or “overpressure may result”
ERR# 13 “Text queue overflow”
ERR# 14 “User unit not defined”
ERR# 17 Not used
ERR# 18 “Command not yet available”
ERR# 19 “Not available with absolute units”
ERR# 20 “Not available with gauge device”
ERR# 21 Not used
ERR# 22 “Pressure is not stable”
ERR# 23 “Option not available or installed”
ERR# 25 Not used
ERR# 26 “COM port failed to initialize”
ERR# 27 “Internal device failure”
ERR# 28 “Device failure”
ERR# 29 “Device not available”
ERR# 30 “Must be on range HI”
ERR# 31 “Exceeds upper or lower limit”
ERR# 32 “Not stable enough”
ERR# 37 “Data table is full”
ERR# 38 “Selected range is not available”
ERR# 39 “Data verify error”
ERR# 45 “Argument not allowed”
ERR #46 “Argument cannot be negative”
ERR #52 “Command obsolete”
ERR# 53 “Not Available”
ERR# 60 “Air data unit of measure not compatible with measurement
mode” (e.g. airspeed in absolute mode, altitude in mode
other than absolute)

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 86

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.4.3 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTION OVERVIEW

Each program message description is separated into the following sections:
Purpose A brief description of the programs message’s function.
Command This is the Enhanced program message syntax to send data to the RPM4-AD or to
execute an RPM4-AD function. The RPM4-AD must be set to use the enhanced format
(see Section 3.5.2.3) to use the syntax and style shown. It may be sent alone, or followed
by at least one white space and additional argument(s) to show that arguments can be
passed. If there are multiple arguments, then commas must separate them. If you are
using the IEEE-488 port, multiple command type program messages can be sent in one
message if you separate them with a semicolon. There will be no reply from the RPM4-
AD using the IEEE-488 port unless the command is immediately followed by the query
operator “?”. If you are using the COM1 port, the PPC1 will reply and you must wait for
this reply. If this field is not listed in the program message description, then the Command
type is not supported when using the Enhanced format.
Query This is the Enhanced program message syntax to request data from the RPM4-AD. The
RPM4-AD must be set to use the enhanced format (see Section 3.5.2.3). The RPM4-AD
will always reply to a query. You must wait for this reply before issuing another program
message. If this field (Query) is not listed in the program message description, then the
Query type for the program message is not supported when using the Enhanced format.
Classic This is the Classic program message syntax to send data to the RPM4, to execute an
RPM4-AD function, or to query for data. The RPM4-AD must be set to use the classic
format (see Section 3.5.2.3). The command may be followed by a ‘(=)’ and additional
argument characters to show that argument(s) can be passed. If there are multiple
arguments, then commas must separate them. The RPM4-AD will always reply to a Classic
program message.
You must wait for this reply before issuing another program message. If this field is not listed
in the program message description, then it is not supported when using the classic
format.
Suffix Some commands support an optional suffix. This suffix is typically used to specify a Q-RPT to
which the command applies, since many settings are Q-RPT specific:
Suffix of ‘1’ for Hi or HL Q-RPT access
Suffix of ‘2’ for Lo Q-RPT access
If an optional suffix is allowed but not given, then the “Active Q-RPT” is addressed. The “Active
Q-RPT” is the Q-RPT that is currently displayed on the top line of the front panel of the RPM4,
and is identified by the text label in the upper right of the pressure display screen. The “active”
Q-RPT can be the HI or the HL Q-RPT. The “RANGE” or “RPT” command query can be used
to determine which Q-RPT is currently active. With the Hi Q-RPT In differential mode of
operation or if the HL Q-RPT is active, there are some limitations on access to the Lo Q-RPT
settings, and with the HL Q-RPT active, there are limitations on access to the Lo Q-RPTs
measurements as well.
Arguments If the program message can be used to set data inside the RPM4, then this section describes
the arguments and their limits.
Default If the program message can be used to set data inside the RPM4, then this line shows
(using the enhanced format) the default setting from the factory.
Remarks This field has the details and remarks about the command.
Example Examples are given for the enhanced and classic methods.
Enhanced: An example of the use of an enhanced format program message to be
sent to the RPM4-AD is shown. The message sent to the RPM4-AD
appears after the “Cmd sent:” label. If only a Query type exists, the
“Query sent:” label is shown instead. Directly under this label, “Query
reply” shows a typical reply to a query type. “Reply:” shows that a
query format does not exist. It may have a short description next to it.
Classic: An example of the use of a classic program message to be sent to the
RPM4-AD is shown. The command sent to the RPM4-AD appears after
the “Cmd sent:” label. The “Reply” label shows a typical reply to the
“Sent” example. It may have a short description next to it.
Errors If the program message can report an argument error, the types of errors are listed.
If using the classic format or the COM1 port, the error message is replied after receiving
the program message. If using the enhanced format via the IEEE-488 port, the error
condition is handled by the status reporting model which stores the errors in an Error
Queue and can be programmed to assert the IEEE-488 SRQ line to signal an error has
occurred. In either case, the “ERR” or “ERR?” program message can be used to
retrieve a text description of the error.
See Also Indicates related commands (“----“) and refers to manual sections giving detail on RPM4-
AD operation corresponding to the program message.

Page 87 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.4.4 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS

#
Purpose To allow the host PC to communicate with a device connected to the RPM4-AD COM2
port.
Classic “#xx”
Arguments xx: The string to send out of the RPM4-AD COM2 port. It must be less than
40 characters long.
Remarks The RPM4-AD COM2 port can be used to communicate to another RS232 device (such
as another RPM4). This allows the user to use a single COM port or IEEE-488 port on
the host computer to communicate with the RPM4-AD and another RS232 device. A
carriage return and a line feed (<CR><LF>) are added to the string.
After this program message is issued, the RPM4-AD will reply back every string received
by the RPM4-AD COM2 port that is terminated with a carriage return. Line feeds are
discarded. This will discontinue when the next query is sent to the RPM4-AD.
There is no other reply from this program message. Prior to using this program message,
you must ensure that the RPM4-AD COM2 port is correctly set up to communicate with
the device on COM2. Refer to the “COM2=“ program message.
Example Sent: “#VER”
(classic) Reply: “DH INSTRUMENTS, INC RPM4-AD us A1000/A0015 Ver2.00 ”
This example assumes that a second RPM4’s COM1 port is connected to the RPM4-AD
COM2 port. This example gets the version of the second RPM4-AD.
See Also “COM2”
3.5.2

ABORT
Purpose Cancels any pending data requests by the “PR”, “PRR” “RATE”, “SR” or “CONT”
commands.
Command “ABORT”
Classic “ABORT”
Remarks This program message is usually used to ensure the RPM4-AD is in an idle condition.
Example Cmd sent: “ABORT”
(enhanced) Reply: “ABORT” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Example Sent: “ABORT”
(classic) Reply: “ABORT”
See Also “PR”, “PRR” “RATE”, “SR” or “CONT”

ARANGEn
Purpose Not used in RPM4-AD models
Errors ERR# 53: Command not available.

ATM
Purpose Reads the next measured pressure from RPM4’s on-board barometer (if present).
Query “ATM?”
Classic “ATM”
Remarks The atmospheric pressure as measured by the RPM4-AD on-board barometer is returned
in the current pressure units of the active Q-RPT (always absolute). This measurement is
followed by the units text.
Example Query sent: “ATM?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “97.12348 kPa a”
Example Sent: “ATM”
(classic) Reply: “97.12384 kPa a”
Errors ERR# 23: RPM4-AD is not equipped with a barometer.
See Also 3.5.7.1

AUTOZEROn
Purpose Read or set the ON/OFF status of the AutoZ function.
Command “AUTOZEROn state”
Query “AUTOZEROn?”
Classic “AUTOZEROn= state”
“AUTOZEROn”
Default “AUTOZERO1”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments ‘state’: ’0’ Autozero OFF
’1’ Autozero ON

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 88

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

Remarks The RPM4-AD AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF. There is a separate AutoZ flag for
the gauge, absolute, and differential measurement modes for each Q-RPT. This command
sets the AutoZ status for the current mode of the specified or the active Q-RPT only. To set
the state of AutoZ for a measurement mode, you must be in that mode.
Example Cmd sent: “AUTOZERO 0”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Sent: “AUTOZERO=0”
(classic) Query reply: “AUTOZERO=0”
Errors ERR# 7: The argument was other than ‘0’ or ‘1’.
ERR# 10: The suffix is invalid.
See Also “ZOFFSET”, “MMODE”
3.5.1

AUTOZEROn=RUN
Purpose Run the AutoZero routine.
Command “AUTOZEROn RUN (,Pref)”
Query “AUTOZEROn? RUN (,Pref)”
Classic “AUTOZEROn= RUN (,Pref)”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT
Specify the HL Q-RPT
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments ‘Pref’: The AutoZ reference pressure in Pa. Optional when the RPM4-AD is not in
absolute measurement mode, as the reference is usually “0”.
Remarks The RPM4-AD AutoZ function can be remotely run with this command only if AutoZero is
ON. You should ensure that the pressure is stable for valid determination of Zoffset. If in
differential mode, the autozero function can take up to 10 seconds to complete. You cannot
autozero while in an airspeed or altitude unit.
Running AutoZ in differential measurement mode may take up to 10 seconds.
Example Cmd sent: “AUTOZERO RUN”
(enhanced) Query reply: “OK” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “AUTOZERO? RUN, 97283” (abs AutoZero to 97283 Paa)
(enhanced) Query reply: “OK”
Example Sent: “AUTOZERO=RUN”
(classic) Query reply: “OK”
Errors ERR# 6: An argument was not given for the AutoZ reference in absolute mode.
ERR# 10: Invalid suffix
ERR# 53 AutoZero is currently OFF or in airspeed or altitude unit.
See Also “ZOFFSET”, “MMODE”, “AUTOZERO”, “UNIT”
3.5.1

CALAMB
Purpose Read or set the on-board barometer calibration.
Command “CALAMB adder, mult, CalDate”
Query “CALAMB?”
Classic “CALAMB=adder, mult, CalDate”
“CALAMB”
Defaults “CALAMB = 0.0, 1.0, 19800101”
Arguments Adder: The Barometer calibration adder (PA), in Pascal.
Mult: The Barometer calibration multiplier (PM) from 0.1 to 100.
CalDate: The date of the calibration in the format “YYYYMMDD”
Remarks The barometer calibration information can be accessed with this program message. Using this
program message overwrites the current calibration coefficients, so caution must be used.
Changes made take effect immediately.
Example Cmd sent: “CALAMB? 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201”
(enhanced) Query reply: “ 2.10, 1.000021, 20011201”
Example Sent: “CALAMB=2.1, 1.000021, 20011201”
(classic) Reply: “ 2.10, 1.000021, 20011201”
Errors ERR# 6: One of the arguments is out of range.
See Also 3.5.7.1, 5.3

Page 89 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COM1
Purpose Read or set the RS232 settings for the COM1 port.
Command “COM1 baud, parity, data, stop”
Query “COM1?”
Classic “COM1=baud, parity, data, stop”
“COM1”
Arguments Baud: The baud rate. This may be ‘300’, ‘600’,’1200’,’2400’,’4800’, ‘9600’ or ‘19200’.
Parity: The data parity. This may be ‘O’ for odd, ‘E’ for even, or ‘N’ for none.
Data: The number of data bits. This may be ‘7’ or ‘8’.
Stop: The number of stop bits. This may be ‘1’ or ‘2’.
Defaults “COM1 2400,E,7,1”
Remarks The COM1 port is used to communicate to the RPM4-AD. When the COM1 port configuration of
the RPM4-AD is changed, the program message reply (COM1 use only) is sent at the old COM1
settings, but all subsequent communications are accomplished at the new COM1 settings.
A 250ms or longer delay after receiving the reply to this command will ensure that the RPM4-AD
has changed the COM port settings and is ready for communications at the new settings.
Example Cmd sent: “COM1 9600,N,8,1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “9600,N,8,1” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “COM1? 9600,N,8,1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “9600,N,8,1”
Example Sent: “COM1=9600,N,8,1”
(classic)) Reply: “9600,N,8,1”
Errors ERR# 7: Missing or improper program message argument(s).
See Also “COM2”
3.5.2.1

COM2
Purpose Read or set the RS232 settings for the COM2 port.
Command “COM2 baud,parity,data,stop”
Query “COM2?”
Classic “COM2= baud,parity,data,stop”
“COM2”
Arguments baud: The baud rate. This may be ‘300’, ‘600’,’1200’,’2400’,’4800’, ‘9600’ or ‘19200’.
parity: The data parity. This may be ‘O’ for odd, ‘E’ for even, or ‘N’ for none.
Data: The number of data bits. This may be ‘7’ or ‘8’.
stop: The number of stop bits. This may be ‘1’ or ‘2’.
Defaults “COM2 2400,E,7,1”
Remarks COM2 is generally used to allow the host computer to communicate through the RPM4-AD to an
additional device connected to COM2. This can be useful if the host computer does not have 2
serial ports available.
Example Cmd sent: “COM2 9600,N,8,1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “9600,N,8,1” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “COM2? 9600,N,8,1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “9600,N,8,1”
Example Sent: “COM2=9600,N,8,1”
(classic) Reply: “9600,N,8,1”
Errors ERR# 7: Missing or improper program message argument(s).
See Also “COM1”
3.5.2.1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 90

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

CONTn
Purpose Have the RPM4-AD reply continuously as each new measurement becomes available.
Query “CONTn?”
Classic “CONTn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Remarks This command is somewhat different than most as it enables the RPM4-AD to continuously output
the selected Q-RPT’s measurement without further queries. This continues until the next query is
received by the RPM4, or if the ABORT” or “*CLS” command is received. The frequency of the
measurements is determined by the readrate of the Q-RPT. The data returned includes the
pressure of the specified or active Q-RPT, the Q-RPT’s unit of measure and measurement mode.
Example Query sent: “CONT1?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1936.72 kPa a” (repeats every measurement cycle)
Example Query sent: “CONT”
(classic) Reply: “1936.72 kPa a” (repeats every measurement cycle)
See Also “PR”, “READRATE”

DATE
Purpose Read or set the RPM4-AD date.
Command “DATE date”
Query “DATE?”
Classic “DATE= date”
“DATE”
Arguments date: The date in the numerical only format “YYYYMMDD”
Remarks The RPM4-AD has an internal real time calendar clock. The span of acceptable dates ranges
from 19800101 to 20791231. The reply is always in the YYYYMMDD format.
Example Cmd sent: “DATE 20030115”
(enhanced) Query reply: “20030105” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “DATE? 20030105”
(enhanced) Query reply: “20030105”
Example Sent: “DATE=20021201”
(classic) Reply: “20021201”
Errors ERR# 6: Missing or improper program message argument(s).
See Also “TIME”
3.5.5.3

ERR
Purpose Read the new available error message from the Error Queue.
Query “ERR?”
Classic “ERR”
Remarks This program message obtains additional details about an error that has occurred. If the user
receives an “ERR# nn” reply, or the enhanced mode is enabled using the IEEE-488 interface and
an error has been detected, the error is put into a FIFO Error Queue. The “ERR” program
message pulls and replies the oldest error message available. In “classic” mode only the most recent
error can reside in the queue. “OK” is replied if there are no error messages left. If an error occurs in
enhanced mode using the IEEE-488 interface, no reply is generated even if the command was a
query.
Example Query sent: “ERR?”
(enhanced): Query reply: “Numeric argument missing or out of range”
Example Sent: “ERR”
(classic) Reply: “Numeric argument missing or out of range”
See Also 4.4.2

Page 91 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GPIB
Purpose Read or set the GPIB interface address.
Command “GPIB addr”
Query “GPIB?”
Classic “GPIB=addr”
“GPIB”
Defaults “GPIB 10”
Arguments Addr: The address of the IEEE-488 (GPIB) interface (1 to 30)
Remarks The GPIB address is changed following the reply of this command. Each device on a GPIB
interface bus requires a unique address.
Example Cmd sent: “GPIB 21”
(enhanced) Query reply “21” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “GPIB? 21”
(enhanced) Query reply “21”
Example Sent: “GPIB=21”
(classic) Reply: “21”
Errors ERR# 6: The argument is not within given limits.
See Also: 3.5.2.2

HEAD
Purpose Read or set the gas head settings.
Command “HEAD height, units, gas”
Query “HEAD?”
Classic “HEAD=height, units, gas
“HEAD”
Defaults “HEAD 0, cm, N2”
Arguments height: The height of the test in relation to the RPM4-AD. The value is positive if the test
is above the RPM4, or negative if below the RPM4-AD. The value can be
between - 9999 and 9999. Setting the value to ‘0’ disables the head correction.
units: The height units. This must be “in” or “cm”.
gas: The gas type. This must be “N2”, “AIR” or “HE”. Command is case
sensitive.
Remarks The RPM4-AD can make a gas head correction to allow it to display the pressure at a level other
than the reference level of the RPM4-AD.
Example Cmd sent: “HEAD? 10,in,N2”
(enhanced) Query reply: “10, in, N2”
Example Sent: “HEAD=10,in,N2”
(classic) Reply: “10, in, N2”
Errors ERR# 2: The gas text is too long
ERR# 6: The height is not within given limits or the unit is invalid.
ERR #7: The gas text is invalid
See Also: 3.3.7, 3.5.3

ID
Purpose Read or set the user defined instrument identification label.
Command “ID string”
Query “ID”
Classic “ID=string”
“ID”
Arguments String: An alphanumeric string up to 12 characters long.
Remarks The user defined ID label can be used to allow the user to “tag” the RPM4-AD with a unique
identifier. This ID is stored in non-volatile memory and cannot be erased by a power failure,
system fault or reset. The ID should not be changed frequently, as the non-volatile memory
may fail after 100,000 write operations.
Example Cmd sent: “ID RPM4-AD #A01”
(enhanced) Query reply “RPM4-AD #A01” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “ID? RPM4-AD #A01”
(enhanced) Query reply “RPM4-AD #A01”
Example Sent: “ID=RPM4-AD #A01”
(classic) Reply: “RPM4-AD #A01”
Errors ERR# 2 Text argument is too long (more than 12 characters)
See Also 3.5.5.4

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 92

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

L2 / L3
Purpose Read or set the type of program command format to use (classic or enhanced).
Command “L2” enables “classic” mode
“L3” enables “enhanced” mode
Defaults “L2” (Classic mode)
Remarks The user can select the type of remote command format using these simplified commands.
There is no query format. This format must agree with the format sent to the RPM4-AD. This
command is a replacement for the “MSGFMT” command.
Example Cmd sent: “L3”
(enhanced) Query reply: “L3” (No reply if IEEE-488)
Example Sent: “L2”
(classic) Reply: “L2”
See Also “MSGFMT”
4.3, 3.5.2.3

LLn
Purpose Read or set the lower pressure limit for the active range and measurement mode (negative
gauge or differential measurement mode only).
Command “LLn limit”
Classic “LLn =limit”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active and the
measurement mode is not differential
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments "limit”: The lower pressure limit for the current pressure range in the specified Q-
RPT’s current unit of measure unit and measurement mode. Value is always
a negative value of gauge pressure.
Remarks Negative gauge and differential modes in RPM4-AD each have a separate lower limit. If the
pressure is less than the lower limit, the pressure display flashes. This feature can used to
prevent accidental over (under) pressure of a device under test.
Example Cmd sent: “LL -4”
(enhanced) Reply: “-4 kPa g” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “LL? -4”
(enhanced) Reply: “-4 kPa g”
Example Sent: “LL=-4”
(classic) Reply: “-4 kPa g”
Errors ERR# 6: The limit argument is invalid.
ERR# 10 The suffix is invalid
ERR# 23 The mode must be negative gauge to specify a lower limit.
See Also “UL”, “MMODE”
3.4.4, 3.3.3

LOCAL
Purpose Returns control to the RPM4-AD front panel.
Command “LOCAL”
Classic “LOCAL”
Remark The REMOTE program message can lock the front panel out completely. The user can return
to local operation by sending the LOCAL program message, sending the IEEE-488 ‘GTL’
command (if in enhanced format), or by cycling RPM4-AD power.
Example Cmd sent: “LOCAL”
(enhanced) Reply: “LOCAL” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “LOCAL?”
(enhanced) Reply: “LOCAL”
Example Sent: “LOCAL”
(classic) Reply: “LOCAL”
See Also “REMOTE”

MEM
Purpose Read the status from the power-up memory test.
Query “MEM?”
Classic “MEM”
Remarks The RPM4-AD system memory stores the user settings (units, resolution) and retains them
when the unit is OFF. On power-up, this memory is checked. If this memory is corrupted, all
user settings are reset to default , and the MEM status is set to reflect this.
Example Query sent: “MEM?”
(enhanced) Reply: “0” RPM4-AD data corrupted and was set to factory defaults.
“1” The memory was found to be OK on power-up.
Example Sent: “MEM”
(classic) Reply: “MEM=0” RPM4-AD data corrupted and was set to factory defaults.
“MEM=1” The memory was found to be OK on power-up.
See Also 3.5.9, Error! Reference source not found.

Page 93 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MMODEn
Purpose Read or change the active measurement mode.
Command “MMODEn mode”
Query “MMODEn?”
Classic “MMODEn=mode”
“MMODEn ”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active and the
measurement mode is not differential
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments Mode: "A" Absolute mode
"G" Gauge mode
"N" Negative gauge mode
“D” Differential mode (available only for the Hi Q-RPT)

Measured pressure values are returned with “g” to identify measurement

mode for both gauge and negative gauge measurement modes. Differential
mode restricts access to settings on the Lo Q-RPT.

Remarks The measurement mode can also be set using the “UNIT” command but the “UNIT” command
does not distinguish between gauge and negative gauge in it’s reply, while the “MMODE”
does. Measurement mode is range specific. Altitude units must use absolute mode and
airspeed units cannot use absolute mode. Differential mode is always absolute differential so
setting differential mode for the Hi Q-RPT automatically puts the Lo Q-RPT into absolute mode.
Example Cmd sent: “MMODE A”
(enhanced) Query reply: “A” (No reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “MMODE? A”
(enhanced) Query reply: “A”
Example Cmd sent: “MMODE=G”
(enhanced) Query reply: “G”
Errors ERR# 6: Invalid argument text.
ERR# 7: Abs mode only with altitude units or gauge mode only with gauge Q-RPT.
ERR#10: The suffix indicating the Q-RPT is invalid for the current conditions.
ERR# 20: Absolute or negative gauge mode not available with gauge Q-RPT.
Absolute Q-RPT with an absolute and negative gauge OFF calibration.
The current range cannot support gauge mode.
ERR# 53: Gauge mode range would be negative.
Lo Q-RPT not suitable for differential mode.
Altitude units must use absolute mode.
Airspeed units cannot use absolute mode
See Also “UNIT”
3.3.3

MSGFMT
Purpose Read or set the type of program command format to use (enhanced or classic).
Command “MSGFMT mode
Query “MSGFMT?”
Classic “MSGFMT= mode
“MSGFMT”
Arguments mode: ‘1’ to use the enhanced command format.
‘0’ to use the classic command format.
Defaults “MSGFMT 0”
Remarks The user can select the type of remote command format to use. This format must agree with the
format sent to the RPM4
The enhanced query form of this command (“MSGFMT? n”) should always be used to set the
desired format, as it will be accepted regardless of the current format (classic or enhanced).
It is recommended to use the “L2” and “L3” commands instead of this command for new designs.
Example Cmd sent: “MSGFMT 1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1” (No reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “MSGFMT? 1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”
Example Sent: “MSGFMT=1”
(classic) Reply: “MSGFMT=1”
Errors ERR# 6: Missing or improper program message argument(s).
See Also “L2 / L3”
4.3, 3.5.2.3

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 94

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

NVENTn
Purpose Not used in RPM4-AD models
Errors ERR# 53: Command not available!

PCALn
Purpose Read or set the calibration information for the Hi or Lo Q-RPT.
Command “PCALn adder, mult, CalDate”
Query “PCALn?”
Classic “PCALn= adder, mult, CalDate”
“PCALn”
Defaults “PCALn = 0.0, 1.0, 19800101”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given. The Hi Q-RPT is assumed if the HL
Q-RPT is active and no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
Arguments Adder: The Q-RPT calibration adder (PA). In Pascal.
Mult: The Q-RPT calibration multiplier (PM) from 0.1 to 100.
CalDate: The date of the calibration in the format “YYYYMMDD” by default. Any other
format up to 8 characters long is also accepted, and the replied format is in th
previously entered format.

Remarks The user defined pressure calibration information for the specified Q-RPT (Hi or Lo) can be
accessed with this program message. The HL Q-RPT does not have it’s own calibration
information. Using this program message overwrites the current calibration coefficients, so caution
must be used. Changes made using this program message take effect immediately.
For compatibility with the obsolete style PPC3 “PCAL:HI” and “PCAL:LO” commands, “:HI” and
“:LO” can be used in place of the suffix “n” but this is not recommended for new applications.
Example Cmd sent: “PCAL2? 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201”
(enhanced) Query reply: “ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “PCAL? 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201”
(enhanced) Query reply: “ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201”
Example Cmd sent: “PCAL:HI? 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201” (PPC3 style is OK)
(enhanced) Query reply: “ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201”
Example Sent: “PCAL1=2.1, 1.000021, 20011201”
(classic) Reply: “ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201”
Errors ERR# 6: One of the arguments is out of range.
ERR# 10: The suffix is invalid.
See Also 5.2

PRn
Purpose Read the next available pressure measurement.
Query “PRn?”
Classic “PRn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Remarks The next available pressure value for the specified or active Q-RPT is read in the Q-RPT’s current
pressure units. The data returned also contains Ready/Not Ready information, and the pressure
unit of measure and measurement mode.
The reply field is always 20 characters long. The first 3 characters of the reply are reserved for the
ready status. The ready status is described in the “SR” program message. The pressure value and
pressure unit of measure are right justified in this field.
After receiving this program message, the RPM4-AD replies back with the data after a new
pressure measurement cycle is complete. This can take up to the current read rate period (1.2
seconds by default).
Example Query sent: “PR?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “R 1936.72 kPa a”
Example Query sent: “PR”
(classic) Reply: “R 1936.72 kPa a”
Errors ERR# 60: The current Q-RPT unit of measure and measurement mode are not
compatible.
ERR# 10: The suffix is invalid.
See Also “PRR”, “QPRR”, “SR”, “ABORT”, “READRATE”, “MMODE”, “UNIT”
3.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.5.7.2

Page 95 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PRR
Purpose Read the next available Ready condition, pressure measurement, rate and on-board
barometer reading.
Query “PRR?”
Classic “PRR”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Remarks The next available Ready condition, Q-RPT pressure measurement, rate of pressure change,
and barometric pressure is replied in the Q-RPT’s current pressure unit of measure. . This
can take up to the current read rate period (1.2 seconds by default). Each data field is
separated by a comma, and is returned in the following order:
ready, pressure UNITS, rate UNITS/s, atm UNITS
Here are the field descriptions:
ready: Three character ready status field. Refer to the “SR” command.
pressure: The measured pressure for the active Q-RPT in the current pressure unit.
This is followed by the current pressure unit.
rate: The measured rate of pressure change for the active Q-RPT in the current
pressure unit per second. This is followed by the current pressure unit of measure.
atm: The pressure measured by the RPM4-AD on-board barometer in the current
pressure unit (and always absolute). This is followed by the current active Q-
RPT’s pressure unit. If the current active Q-RPT pressure unit is an airspeed
unit, then the barometer will be indicated in “feet” Not all RPM4s are equipped
with an on-board barometer. This field is missing if the RPM4-AD is not
equipped with an on-board barometer.
Example Query sent: “PRR?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “R,2306.265 kPaa,0.011 kPa/s,97.000 kPa a”
“R,2306.265 kPaa,0.011 kPa/s” (no barometer)
Example Query sent: “PRR”
(classic) Reply: “R,2306.265 kPaa,0.011 kPa/s,97.000 kPa a”
Errors ERR# 60: The current Q-RPT unit of measure and measurement mode are not
compatible.
ERR# 10: The suffix is invalid.
See Also “PR”, “QPRR”, “SR”
3.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.5.7.1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 96

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

QPRR
Purpose Read the last Q-RPT pressure measurement, pressure rate and on-board barometer output
immediately.
Query “QPRR?”
Classic “QPRR”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Remarks The last measured Ready/Not Ready condition, active Q-RPT pressure measurement, rate of
pressure change, and barometric pressure is replied in the Q-RPT’s current pressure unit of
measure immediately. This program message is useful when a rapid response of measured
pressure is needed. It does not result in quicker pressure measurements. Each data field is
separated by a comma, and is returned in the following order:
Ready, pressure UNITS, rate UNITS/s, atm UNITS
Here are the field descriptions:
ready: Three character ready status field. Refer to the “SR” command.
pressure: The measured pressure for the selected Q-RPT in the current pressure unit.
This is followed by the current pressure unit and measurement mode.
rate: The measured rate of pressure change for the active Q-RPT in the current
unit of pressure per second. This is followed by the current pressure unit.
atm: The pressure measured by the RPM4-AD on-board barometer in the current
pressure unit (but always absolute). This is followed by the current active Q-
RPT’s pressure unit. If the current active Q-RPT pressure unit is an airspeed
unit, then the barometer will be indicated in “feet” Not all RPM4s are equipped
with an on-board barometer. This field is missing if the RPM4-AD is not
equipped with a barometer. If the Q-RPT’s measurement unit is in airspeed,
then the barometer measurement is in ft
Example Query sent: “QPRR?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “R,2306.265 kPa a,0.011 kPa/s,97.000 kPa a”
“R,2306.265 kPa a,0.011 kPa/s” (no barometer)
Example Query sent: “QPRR”
(classic) Reply: “R,2306.265 kPa a,0.011 kPa/s,97.000 kPa a”
Errors ERR# 60: The current Q-RPT unit and measurement mode are not compatible.
ERR# 10: The suffix is invalid.
See Also “PR”, “PRR”, “SR”
3.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.5.7.1

RANGE
Purpose Change the active Q-RPT range to the default range of the Hi or HL Q-RPT. Replies the
active range full scale, pressure unit and measurement mode.
Command “RANGE Rng”
Query “RANGE?”
Classic “RANGE= Rng”
“RANGE ”
Default “RANGE IH”
Rng: “IH” for the Hi Q-RPT
“HL” for the HL Q-RPT
Remarks The active Q-RPT must be selected before making changes to settings that are dependent on the
range. Q-RPTs selected with this command are used with their full default pressure range. The reply
indicates the active range in kPa.
Used as a simple query, the active range is returned.
Example Cmd sent: “RANGE? HL” (select HL Q-RPT)
(enhanced) Query reply: “160 kPa a,HL”
Example Sent: “RANGE= IH” (select Hi Q-RPT)
(classic) Reply: “350 kPa a, IH”
Example Sent: “RANGE” (request current active Q-RPT range)
(classic) Reply: “160 kPa a,IH”
Errors ERR# 6: Invalid Rng argument.
ERR# 29: The selected Q-RPT is not available.
See Also “RPT”
3.2.1, 3.3.1

Page 97 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RATEn
Purpose Read the next available pressure rate of change.
Query “RATEn?”
Classic “RATEn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Remarks The next available pressure rate of change in the current pressure unit per second is returned.
Though the RPM4-AD can set locally to display rate per minute, the response to the “RATE”
command is always rate per second.
After receiving this program message, the RPM4-AD replies back with the data once a new
pressure measurement cycle is complete. This can take up to the current read rate period (1.2
seconds
by default).
Example Query sent: “RATE?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.01 kPa/s”
Example Sent: “RATE2”
(classic) Reply: “0.03 kPa/s”
See Also “PRR”, “QPRR”.”READRATE”
3.3.6.2

READRATEn
Purpose Read or set the specified or active Q-RPT read rate or auto read rate mode.
Command “READRATEn period”
Query “READRATEn?”
Classic “READRATEn= period”
“READRATEn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active and the
measurement mode is not differential
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments “period ": Period to integrate the measurement over (ms). Can be from 200 ms to 20000
ms. Set to ‘0’ to enable automatic read rate.
Remarks The RPM4-AD can have the speed in which it integrates each measurement (“read rate”)
automatically adjusted based on the rate, or it can manually set to a fixed period. Increasing the read
rate increases the reply time for pressure and rate queries. In differential mode and when using the HL
Q-RPT, the Lo Q-RPT read rate is always set to the same read rate as the Hi.
Example Cmd sent: “READRATE 1000”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1000” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “READRATE? 1000”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1000”
Example Sent: “READRATE=1000”
(classic) Reply: “1000”
Errors ERR# 6: The “period” argument is out of range.
ERR#10: The suffix ‘n’ is invalid
See Also “PR”, “PRR”, “SR”
3.5.7.2

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 98

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

READYCKn
Purpose Read or set the Ready check flag.
Command “READYCKn 1”
Query “READYCKn?”
Classic “READYCKn=1”
“READYCKn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Remarks The internal ready check flag is cleared whenever the specified or active Q-RPT reaches a
Not Ready (NR) condition. The “READYCK” query returns the status of the flag. The flag is
set by sending the “READYCK 1” program message while the Q-RPT is in a Ready condition.
The “READYCK” program message query can then be used at a later time to determine
whether a Not Ready condition has occurred since the ready check flag was set.
Example Cmd sent: “READYCK1 1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1” (no reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “READYCK1?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”
Example Cmd sent: “READYCK?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1” (if Q-RPT condition has stayed Ready)
“0” (if Q-RPT condition has NOT stayed Ready)
Example Sent: “READYCK=1”
(classic) Query reply: “READYCK=1”
Example Sent: “READYCK”
(classic) Query reply: “READYCK=1” (if Q-RPT condition has stayed Ready)
“READYCK=0” (if Q-RPT condition has NOT stayed Ready)
Errors ERR# 6: Argument is not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
See Also “SR”
3.2.4

REMOTE
Purpose Lock out the front panel keypads during remote operation.
Command “REMOTE”
Classic “REMOTE”
Remarks The RPM4-AD goes into remote mode whenever communications take place. The user can
return to local operation by pressing the [ESC] key. The REMOTE program message locks
out the front panel completely. The only way to unlock the front panel after the “REMOTE”
command is using the “LOCAL” program message, the IEEE-488 “GTL” command, or by
cycling the RPM4-AD power.
Example Cmd sent: “REMOTE”
(enhanced) Reply: “REMOTE” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “REMOTE?”
(enhanced) Reply: “REMOTE”
Example Sent: “REMOTE”
(classic) Reply: “REMOTE”
See Also “LOCAL”

Page 99 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RESn
Purpose To read or set the pressure display resolution for the active range.
Command “RESn res”
Query “RESn”
Classic “RESn= res”
“RESn”
Default “RESn=0.001”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Arguments res: The pressure display resolution in % span of the specified Q-RPT range (0.0001 to 1 %
FS).
Remarks The pressure display resolution is defined as % span of the active range. The setting is
separate for each range, and changes as the range is changed. If the Q-RPT’s unit of
measure is in altitude, then the displayed resolution is directly related to the resolution setting:
0.0001% & less results in 2 decimal places of resolution in altitude.
0.0010% results in 1 decimal place of resolution in altitude
0.0100% & greater results in an integer display altitude.
Example Cmd sent: “RES .01”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.01” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “RES? .01”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.01”
Example Sent: “RES=.01”
(classic) Reply: “0.01”
Errors ERR# 6 The argument is invalid.
See Also 3.4.2

RESET
Purpose Reset the user’s settings to factory defaults.
Command “RESET”
Classic “RESET”
Remarks The RPM4-AD has user settings (units, resolution, etc.) that can be reset to factory defaults.
The remote “RESET” program message corresponds to the front panel “Reset - Sets”. System
calibration coefficients and communications settings are not affected. The reset cycle takes up
to 3 seconds to complete. Remote communications should not take place during this period.
Example Cmd sent: “RESET”
(enhanced) Reply: “RESET” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Example Cmd sent: “RESET?”
(enhanced) Reply: “RESET”
Example Sent: “RESET”
(classic) Reply: “RESET”
See Also 3.5.9.1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 100

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

RPTn
Purpose Read the available Q-RPT identification data.
Query “RPTn”
Classic “RPTn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active

Remarks Up to two (three including the HL Q-RPT which is a combination of the Hi and Lo) internal Q-
RPTs can be available for use in an RPM4-AD. You can query the RPM4-AD for information
about each particular Q-RPT. The Q-RPT data is returned in the following format:
RPTLabel, Q-RPTLocator, Serial#, RngGa, RngAbs, Q-RPTMode
RngLabel: RPT type label. This label identifies the Q-RPT type and range. This is
the same label used on the RPM4-AD front panel screen.
RptLocator: Text field identifying the Q-RPT position in the RPM4-AD system.
“IH” identifies this as an internal, Hi Q-RPT
“IL” identifies this as an internal, Lo Q-RPT
Serial#: The serial number of the Q-RPT.
RngGa: The Q-RPT default gauge mode range in the current pressure unit.
RngAbs: The Q-RPT default absolute mode range in the current pressure unit.
“NONE” appears in the field if the Q-RPT is a Gxxx, BGxxx or Axxx with
absolute and negative gauge modes OFF.
RptMode: ‘A’ if Q-RPT is Axxx and supports absolute, gauge and negative gauge
measurement modes.
‘G’ if Q-RPT is gauge Gxxx or Axxx with absolute and negative gauge
modes OFF and supports only gauge measurement mode.
‘N’ if Q-RPT is BGxxx and supports gauge and negative gauge
measurement modes.
Example Cmd sent: “RPT2?” (Get information on the Lo Q-RPT)
(enhanced) Query reply: “A160K, IL, 82345,60,160,A”
Example Cmd sent: “RPT3” (Get information on the HL Q-RPT)
(classic) Query reply: “A350K, HL, 82345,250,350,A”
Errors ERR#4: External device not detected.
ERR# 10: Invalid suffix.
See Also 3.2.1, 3.2.5

SDSn
Purpose Read or set the OPEN/CLOSE status for the specified or active Q-RPT SDS systems. This
is equivalent to use of the SDS temporary OPEN/CLOSE function from the RPM4-AD front
panel.
Command “SDSn close”
Query “SDSn”
Classic “SDSn=close”
“SDSn”
Default “SDSn=1”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
Arguments ”close”: ‘0’ to OPEN the SDS system.
‘1’ to CLOSE the SDS system.
Remarks Each Q-RPT has an “SDS” system, which can be either “OPEN” or “CLOSED”. This
command allows access to each one without affecting the other (unless the HL Q-RPT is
active), regardless of whether SDS is currently full time “ON” or “OFF”. Caution must be used
in differential mode, as this command can allow you to have one Q-RPT open while the other
Q-RPT is closed. If the HL Q-RPT is active, then the state of the Hi and Lo Q-RPT SDS is set
as appropriate. This command does not affect the power up status of the SDS system.
Example Cmd sent: “SDS2? 1” (close the Lo Q-RPT SDS)
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”
Example Cmd sent: “SDS1=0” (open the Hi Q-RPT SDS)
(classic) Query reply: “SDS1=0”
Errors ERR# 7: Argument not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’
ERR# 10: Invalid suffix.
See Also “SDSAUTO”, “SDSACT”
3.2.8, 3.3.8, 3.5.4

Page 101 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SDSACT
Purpose Read or set current SDS status. This is equivalent to use of the [SDS] key from the RPM4-
AD front panel.
Command “SDSACT state”
Query “SDSACT”
Classic “SDSACT=state”
“SDSACT”
Default “SDSACT=1”
Arguments ”state”: ‘0’ OPEN the SDS system as appropriate for the current measurement
mode and active Q-RPT, .
‘1’ to CLOSE the SDS system on both Q-RPTs.
Remarks This command can be used to select one Q-RPT at a time, ensuring that the “inactive” Q-RPT
SDS is closed. If a Q-RPT’s SDS is full time “OFF”, then it is not be affected by this
command. The status of the active Q-RPT’s SDS system is replied. If the RPM4-AD is in
differential mode then this command opens or close both the Hi and Lo SDS at the same
time, unless the SDS is full time “off”. If the HL Q-RPT is active, then the state of the SDS is
set as appropriate for the current measurement mode.
Example Cmd sent: “SDSACT? 1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”
Example Cmd sent: “SDSACT=0”
(classic) Query reply: “SDSACT=0”
Errors ERR# 7: Argument not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’
ERR# 10: Invalid suffix or command argument.
See Also “SDSAUTO”, “SDS”
3.2.8, 3.3.8, 3.5.4

SDSAUTO
Purpose Read or set the automatic full time ON/OFF status of the SDS system. This is equivalent to
use of the SDS full time ON/OFF function from the RPM4-AD front panel.
Command “SDSAUTO on”
Query “SDSAUTO”
Classic “SDSAUTO=on”
“SDSAUTO”
Default “SDSAUTOn=1”
Arguments ” on”: ‘0’ to turn the SDS system OFF.
‘1’ to turn the SDS system ON
Remarks Turning an SDS system to full time “OFF” or “ON” affects how the remote command
“SDSACT” and the front panel SDS button can affect each Q-RPT’s SDS system. Turning
SDS to full time ”OFF” opens the SDS valves for both Q-RPTs or as appropriate for the
current measurement mode if the HL Q-RPT is active.
Example Cmd sent: “SDSAUTO? 1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”
Example Cmd sent: “SDSAUTO=0”
(classic) Query reply: “SDSAUTO=0”
Errors ERR# 7: Argument not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’
See Also “SDSACT”, “SDS”
3.2.8, 3.3.8, 3.5.4

SCRSAV
Purpose Read or set the front panel display screen saver activation time.
Command “SCRSAV n”
Query “SCRSAV?”
Classic “SCRSAV=n”
“SCRSAV”
Arguments n: The inactivity period (0 – 99 minutes) after which screen saver activates.
Default “SCRSAV 10”
Remarks The RPM4-AD front panel will dim after a period of keyboard and remote inactivity. Setting
this value to ‘0’ disables this feature.
Example Cmd sent: “SCRSAV 30”
(enhanced) Query reply: “30” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “SCRSAV? 30”
(enhanced) Query reply: “30”
Example Sent: “SCRSAV=30”
(classic) Reply: “30”
Errors ERR# 6 The argument was invalid.
See Also 3.5.5.1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 102

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

SN
Purpose To read the serial number of the RPM4-AD.
Query “SN?”
Classic “SN”
Remarks The RPM4-AD is serialized. The serial number can be read using this program message.
Example Query sent: “SN?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “321”
Example Sent: “SN”
(classic) Reply: “321”
See Also 3.5.5.4

SR
Purpose Read the next available Ready/Not Ready status.
Query “SR?”
Classic “SR”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Remarks The current Ready status can be read using this program message.
Possible replies:
“NR” The pressure is not ready within the limits defined by the stability criterion.
“R ” The pressure meets the ready criteria. The status is replied when the next pressure
measurement is finished.
“OL” The pressure of one of the active Q-RPTs has exceeded the user defined upper or
lower limits.
“OP” The pressure of one of the Q-RPTs has exceeded the Q-RPT’s maximum limits.
“ER” An internal device failure has occurred.
Example Query sent: “SR?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “NR”
Example Sent: “SR”
(classic) Reply: “NR”
See Also “PR”, “PRR”, “HS”, “SS”, “UL”, “LL” Commands
3.2.4, 3.4.4

SS%n
Purpose Read or set the current stability limit as a % of range.
Command “SS% limit”
Query “SS%?”
Classic “SS%=limit”
“SS%”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments limit: The stability limit in %FS of the current active range.
Remarks The stability limit can be read and set as a percent of the full scale range of the Q-RPT range.
Example Cmd sent: “SS% .1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.10 %”(No reply from GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “SS%? .1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.10 %”
Example Sent: “SS%=.1”
(classic) Reply: “0.10 %”
Errors ERR# 6: The argument was invalid.
ERR# 10: Invalid or missing command suffix.
See Also “SS”
3.4.3

Page 103 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SSn
Purpose Read or set the current pressure stability limit.
Command “SS limit”
Query “SS?”
Classic “SS=limit”
“SS”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments Limit: The stability limit in the current pressure unit of measure.
Remarks The stability limit can be read and set as a pressure. The stability limit is used as the
Ready/Not Ready criteria. It the Q-RPT is in an altitude or airspeed unit, then the stability
setting is represented in the pressure unit “Pa”.
Example Cmd sent: “SS .1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.10 kPa/s” (No reply from GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “SS? .1”
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.10 kPa/s”
Example Sent: “SS=.1”
(classic) Reply: “0.10 kPa/s”
Errors ERR# 6: The argument was invalid.
ERR# 10: Invalid or missing command suffix.
See Also “SS%”
3.4.3

TIME
Purpose Read or set the RPM4-AD internal clock.
Command “TIME hh:mmXX”
Query “TIME?”
Classic “TIME=hh:mmXX”
“TIME”
Arguments hh:mm: The time in a 12 hour format using a colon delimiter
XX: ”am” or “pm”
Example Cmd sent: “TIME 12:52PM”
(enhanced) Query reply: “12:52pm” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “TIME? 12:52PM”
(enhanced) Query reply: “12:52pm”
Example Sent: “TIME=12:52PM”
(classic) Reply: “12:52pm”
Errors ERR# 7: Missing or improper program message argument(s).
See Also “DATE”
3.5.5.3

UCOEFn
Purpose To identify the coefficient used to convert 1 Pascal to the current pressure unit of measure.
Command “UCOEFn Pres”
“UCOEFn Pres, Temp”
Query “UCOEFn?”
Classic “UCOEFn = Pres, Temp”
“UCOEFn”
Arguments Pres: Pressure in Pa to convert to the Q-RPT’s measurement units.
Temp: Optional reference temperature in °C if the Q-RPT unit is a “True” airspeed.
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Remarks The RPM4-AD handles all pressure values internally in Pascal. The coefficient replied is
equivalent of Pres Pa in the current pressure unit of measure. If the optional argument Pres
is not given, then 1Pa is assumed and converted. The Temp argument is only valid for True
airspeed units.
Example Query sent: “UCOEF?” (current units are kPa)
(enhanced) Query reply: “0.0010000000”
Example Sent: “UCOEF=100” (current units are kPa)
(classic) Reply: “0.1000000000”
See Also 3.3.2, 3.5.6, 7.2

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 104

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

UDU
Purpose Read or set the user defined pressure unit.
Command “UDU label, ucoef”
Query “UDU?”
Classic “UDU=label, ucoef”
“UDU”
label: User unit label (4 alphanumeric char maximum). It cannot be an already
supported unit label.
Ucoef: “User unit conversion coefficient (units/Pa).
Default “UDU USER,1.0”
Remarks The user defined unit must be set up with the program message prior to remote or local
selection.
Example Cmd Sent: “UDU MYUN, .001”
(enhanced) Query reply: “MYUN, 0.001000” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd Sent: “UDU? MYUN, .001”
(enhanced) Query reply: “MYUN, 0.001000”
Example Sent: “UDU=MYUN, .001”
(enhanced) Reply: “MYUN, 0.001000”
Errors
See Also 3.5.6, 3.3.2

Uln
Purpose Read or set an upper limit for the specified or active Q-RPT.
Command “Uln limit”
Query “Uln?”
Classic “Uln=limit”
“ULn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active and the
measurement mode is not differential
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments “limit": The upper limit pressure in the specified Q-RPT’s current pressure unit and
measurement mode.
Remarks The RPM4-AD has an upper limit for each range and for each measurement mode (gauge, absolute,
and differential). If the pressure does exceed the upper limit, the pressure display flashes.
This feature should always be used to prevent accidental over pressure of a device under
test. Altitude units triggers an upper limit alarm if the altitude drops below the limit.
Example Cmd sent: “UL 1000”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1000.00 kPa a” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Example Cmd sent: “UL? 1000”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1000.00 kPa a”
Example Sent: “UL=1000”
(classic) Reply: “1000.00 kPa a”
Errors ERR# 6: The “limit” argument is out of range.
See Also “LL”
3.4.4

Page 105 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

UNITn
Purpose Read or set the pressure unit of measure unit and measurement mode.
Command “UNITn unit (, ref”)”
“UNITn unitn (, ref”)”
“UNITn unitg (, ref”)”
Query “UNITn unita (, ref”)”
“UNITn unitd (, ref”)”
“UNITn?”
Classic “UNITn=unit (, ref”)”
“UNITn=unitn (, ref”)”
“UNITn=unitg (, ref”)”
“UNITn=unita (, ref”)”
“UNITn=unitd (,ref”)”
“UNITn”
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT if the HL RPT is not active
Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is not active and the
measurement mode is not differential
‘3’ Specify the HL Q-RPT if the HL Q-RPT is active
Arguments Unit: The text corresponding to the pressure unit of measure. A unit mode
character can optionally be added to the end of the units to change the
measurement mode as wel as the units:
‘a’ for absolute measurement mode.
‘g’ for gauge measurement mode.
‘n’ for negative gauge measurement mode.
‘d’ for differential measurement mode (Hi Q-RPT only)
ref: The optional unit reference temperature only if the unit is “InWa” or a true
airspeed.
Remarks This program message determines what unit of measure and what measurement mode is used to
display pressure values. Refer to Table 13 for a detailed list of the units available and their labels.
If the unit text is not followed by an explicit mode character (‘a’, ‘g’, ‘n’ or ‘d’) then the current mode
is retained. There can be a space between the unit text and the ‘a’, ‘g’, ‘n’ or ‘d’.
If the unit specified is “InWa”, an optional second argument “ref” can be set. The “ref” can be 4, 20,
or 60 corresponding to InWa at 4 °C, 20 °C or 60 °F. If this second argument is not given when
the unit is “InWa”, then the reference temperature is assumed to be 20 °C.
If the unit specified is a “true” airspeed unit, then an optional second argument “ref” can be set.
The “ref” temperature is always in °C. If this second argument is not given, then the reference
temperature is assumed to be 15 °C.
The fifth character of the reply is always ‘a’ for absolute mode, ‘g’ for gauge/negative gauge mode
or ‘d’ for differential mode. White spaces precede this character if needed. The temperature
reference is added to the reply only if the unit is “InWa”. Differential mode is always absolute
differential.
The reply includes the measurement mode character in the fifth position, with an ‘a’ indicating
absolute mode, a ‘g’ indicating gauge or negative gauge mode or a ‘d’ indicating differential mode.
The “MMODE” command can also be used to set the desired measurement mode only. Since
pressure units are mode dependent, the mode desired should be established before the unit is set.
Example Cmd sent: “UNIT? kPaa”
(enhanced) Query reply: “kPaa”
Sent: “UNIT? InWag, 4”
Query reply: “inWag, 4”
Sent: “UNIT? InWaa, 60”
Query reply: “inWaa, 60”
Sent: “UNIT? MACH, 18”
Query reply: “MACH, 18.0”
Example Cmd sent: “UNIT psi n”
(enhanced) Query reply: “psi g” (‘g’ used to indicate both gauge & neg gauge modes)
Example Sent: “UNIT=kPaa”
(classic) Reply: “kPaa”
Sent: “UNIT=InWag, 4”
Reply: “inWag, 4”
Errors ERR# 7: The unit is invalid.
ERR# 6: The ref is invalid.
ERR# 20: Absolute measurement mode and altitude units are not allowed with a gauge Q-RPT.
See Also “MMODE”, “MODE”
3.3.2, 3.3.3, 3.5.6, 7.2

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 106

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

VER
Purpose Identify the RPM4, US or SI units, the Q-RPT labels and the software version.
Query “VER?”
Classic “VER”
Remarks The software version of the RPM4-AD can be read. This is useful for checking for the presence of
the RPM4-AD and for reference purposes. It indicates the internal Q-RPT(s) and software version.
Example Query sent: “VER?”
(enhanced) Query reply: “DH INSTRUMENTS, INC RPM4-AD us A160K/A160K Ver1.00 ”
Example Query sent: “VER?”
(classic) Query reply: “DH INSTRUMENTS, INC RPM4-AD us A160K/A160K Ver1.00 ”
See Also “ID”, “*IDN?”
None

ZOFFSETn
Purpose Read or set the AutoZ pressure offset (Poffset) for the specified or active Q-RPT in the current
measurement mode.
Command “ZOFFSETn GaOffset , AbsOffset , DifOffset”
Query “ZOFFSETn?”
Classic “ZOFFSETn =GaOffset , AbsOffset , DifOffset”
“ZOFFSETn”
Defaults “ZOFFSETn = 0.0, 0.0, 0.0” (Gauge Q-RPT)
“ZOFFSETn = 101325, 0.0, 0.0” (Absolute Q-RPT)
Optional Suffix “n” The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi Q-RPT
‘2’ Specify the Lo Q-RPT

Arguments GaOffset: The Q-RPT pressure offset (“Poffset”) for Gauge measurement mode (Pa).
AbsOffset: The Q-RPT pressure offset for absolute measurement mode (Pa)
DifOffset: The Q-RPT pressure offset for differential measurement mode (Pa)
Remarks The pressure offset (Poffset) for the specified Q-RPT (Hi or Lo) can be accessed with this
program message. There are separate offsets for gauge, absolute and differential
measurement modes, but not all modes apply in all cases. Gauge Q-RPTs do not support
“AbsOffset”. “DifOffset” applies only to the “Hi” Q-RPT.
Using this program message overwrites the current offset, so caution must be used.
Changes made using this program message take effect immediately.
Example Cmd sent: “ZOFFSET1 2.1, 0, 0”
(enhanced) Query reply: “ 2.10 Pa, 0.00 Pa, 0.00 Pa”
Example Sent: “ZOFFSET=97293.1, 3.02, 0”
(classic) Reply: “ 97293.10, 3.02, 0.00”
Errors ERR# 6: One of the arguments is out of range.
See Also 3.5.1

4.4.5 REMOTE AIRDATA SETUP PROCEDURES

Use the procedures below to set up RPM4-AD for airdata measurement.
Reading airspeed at varying altitude in differential mode (RPM4-AD A350K/A160K and
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K)
This sequence sets up RPM4-AD in the same manner as the [RANGE], <airspeed &
altitude> shortcut (see Section 3.4.1).
In “classic” command format (see Section 3.5.2.3) send the following sequence of
commands.
range=hi (makes Hi Q-RPT active)
mmode=a (sets Hi Q-RPT to absolute measurement mode)
mmode2=a (sets Lo Q-RPT to absolute measurement mode)
unit2=ft [or m] (sets Lo Q-RPT to indicate altitude unit)
mmode=d (sets Hi Q-RPT to differential measurement mode)
unit=kts [or desired airspeed unit] (sets Hi Q-RPT to indicate airspeed unit)

Page 107 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

sdsact=0 (opens SDS so pressure can reach Hi and Lo Q-RPTs through TEST(Ps) and
TEST(Pt) ports. Send this command only if certain pressure applied to TEST ports is lower
than maximum pressure rating of the Q-RPTs.
Reading altitude only in parallel mode (RPM4-AD A160K/A160K only)
This sequence sets up RPM4-AD in the same manner as the [RANGE], <altitude, parallel>
shortcut (see Section 3.4.1).
In “classic” command format (see Section 3.5.2.3) send the following sequence of
commands.
range=hl (makes HL (parallel mode) Q-RPT active)
mmode=a (sets HL (both Hi and Lo) Q-RPT to absolute measurement mode)
unit=ft [or m] (sets HL Q-RPT to indicate altitude unit)
sdsact=0 (opens SDS so pressure can reach Hi and Lo Q-RPTs simultaneously through
TEST(Ps) port. Send this command only if certain pressure applied to TEST(Ps) port is
lower than maximum pressure rating of the Q-RPTs.
Reading airspeed at ground altitude only in parallel mode (RPM4-AD A160K/A160K
only)
This sequence sets up RPM4-AD in the same manner as the [RANGE], <airspeed,
parallel> shortcut (see Section 3.4.1).
In “classic” command format (see Section 3.5.2.3) send the following sequence of
commands.
range=hl (makes HL (parallel mode) Q-RPT active)
mmode=g (sets HL (both Hi and Lo) Q-RPT to gauge measurement mode)
unit=kts [or other airspeed unit] (sets HL Q-RPT to indicate airspeed unit)
sdsact=0 (opens SDS so pressure can reach Hi and Lo Q-RPTs simultaneously through
TEST(Pt) port. Send this command only if certain pressure applied to TEST(Pt) port is lower
than maximum pressure rating of the Q-RPTs.

4.5 STATUS REPORTING SYSTEM

The RPM4-AD status reporting system is used to track and report system status and errors. It follows the
model of the IEEE Std 488.2 and works for the COM1 and the IEEE-488 port with slight differences. The
RPM4-AD can be programmed to respond to various status conditions by asserting the SRQ of the IEEE-488
interface. The COM1 port cannot be supported in such a way, so polling must be used.

4.5.1 ERROR QUEUE

The RPM4-AD keeps track of remote errors by using an error queue. If an error occurs, it is
pushed onto the Error Queue. If you are using the COM1 port, the error number is immediately
replied in the form “ERR#nn where nn is the error code from 0 to 99. The “ERR?” (or “ERR”)
query can then be used to pull the error from the Error Queue in it’s descriptive text format. If
you are using the enhanced program message format, the Error Queue will accumulate errors
until full unless they are pulled from the queue. If you are using the classic program format, the
Error Queue is cleared every time a new program message is received.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 108

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.5.2 STATUS BYTE REGISTER

The RPM4-AD contains an 8 bit Status Byte Register that reflects the general status of the
RPM4-AD.
Table 24. 8 bit status byte register
OPER RQS/MSS ESB MAV N/A ERROR N/A RSR
(128) (64) (32) (16) (8) (4) (2) (1)

This register is affected by the RPM4-AD reply output queue, the Error Queue, the Standard
Event Status register and the Ready Event Status register.
Status Byte Register
(“∗STB?” or ”∗SRE n”)
OPER
(128)
RQS/MSS Standard Event Status Register
(64) (“∗ESR?” or “∗ESE n”)
ESB PON URQ CMD EXE DDE QYE RQC OPC
←←←
(32) (128) (64) (32) (16) (8) (4) (2) (1)
MAV OUTPUT
←←←
(16) QUEUE
N/A
(8)
ERROR ERROR
←←←
(4) QUEUE
N/A Ready Event Status Register
(2) (“RSR?” or ” RSE n”)
RSR N/A MEAS NDRY RDY N/A MEAS NRDY RDY
(1) ←←← (128) HI HI LO (8) HI HI HI
(64) (32) (16) (4) (2) (1)

Figure 6. Status register schematic

The Status Byte Register can be read using the “*STB?” query, or by performing a serial poll on
the IEEE-488 bus. If you read this using a serial poll then Bit 6 is the RQS. If the “*STB?” query
is used, then bit 6 is the MSS bit. All of the other bits are common to both types of query.
Each of these status bits can cause a SRQ to occur. The Service Request Enable Register
(“*SRE” program message ) determines which of these flags are able to assert the SRQ line.
This enable register has a matching set of bits that each will enable the designated bit to
cause a SRQ, except for the RQS/MSS bit(s) which cannot cause a SRQ. If you set this
register to 20 ($14 hex), an SRQ will occur if the MAV or the ERROR bit are set. The
description of these bits are given as:
OPER N/A Bit 7 (128)
RQS Requested Service Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that the SRQ line of the IEEE-488 interface has been asserted by the
RPM4-AD. This bit is cleared when a serial poll is performed on the RPM4, and
is a part of the Status Byte Register when read using a serial poll. This bit does
not apply if the COM1 port is being used.
MSS Master Summary Status Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that an event or events occurred that caused the RPM4-AD to request
service from the Host, much like the RQS bit. Unlike the RQS bit, it is READ ONLY
and can be only cleared when the event(s) that caused the service request are
cleared.
ESB Event Summary Bit 5 (32)
Indicates if an enabled bit in the Standard Event Status Register became set
(see Section 4.5.3).

Page 109 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MAV Message Available Bit 4 (16)

Indicates that at least one reply message is waiting in the RPM4-AD IEEE-488 output
queue.
ERROR Error Queue Not Empty Bit 2 (4)
Indicates that at least one command error message is waiting in the RPM4-AD
IEEE-488 error message queue. Use the “ERR?” query to get this message.
RSR Ready Summary Bit 0 (1)
Indicates that an enabled bit in the Ready Status Register became set.

4.5.3 STANDARD EVENT REGISTER

The RPM4-AD contains an 8 bit Standard event register that reflects specific RPM4-AD
events. Enabled events in this register will set or clear the ESB bit of the Status Byte
Register.
Table 25. 8 bit standard event register

PON URQ CMD EXE DDE QYE RQC OPC

(128) (64) (32) (16) (8) (4) (2) (1)

This register can be read using the “*ESR?” query, Each of these status bits can set the ESB
bit of the Status Byte Register, causing a SRQ to occur IF the ESB bit is enabled to do so.
The Standard Event Status Enable Register (“*ESE” program message ) determines which of
these flags are able to assert the ESB bit. The description of these bits are given as:
PON Power On Bit 7 (128)
Indicates that the RPM4-AD power has been cycled since the last time this bit
was read or cleared.
URQ User Request Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that the RPM4-AD was set to local operation manually from the front
panel by the user (pressing the [ESC] key).
CMD Command Error Bit 5 (32)
Indicates that a remote command error has occurred. A command error is
typically a syntax error in the use of a correct program message.
EXE Execution Error Bit 4 (16)
Indicates if a remote program message cannot be processed due to device
related condition.
DDE Device Dependent Error Bit 3 (8)
Indicates that an internal error has occurred in the RPM4-AD such as a transducer
time-out.
QYE Query Error Bit 2 (4)
Indicates that an error has occurred in the protocol for program message
communications. This is typically caused by a program message being sent to
the RPM4-AD without reading a waiting reply.
RQC Request Control Bit 1 (2)
This bit is not supported as the RPM4-AD cannot become the active controller in
charge.
OPC Operation Complete Bit 0 (1)
Indicates that the RPM4-AD has completed all requested functions.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 110

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.5.4 READY STATUS REGISTER

The RPM4-AD contains an 8 bit Ready Status Register that reflects specific RPM4-AD
Q-RPT measurement ready events. Enabled events in this register will set or clear the RSB
bit of the Status Byte Register.
Table 26. 8 bit ready status register

N/A MEAS NRDY RDY N/A MEAS NRDY RDY

(128) LO LO LO (8) HI HI HI
(64) (32) (16) (4) (2) (1)

This register can be read using the “*RSR?” query, Each of these status bits can set the
RSB bit of the Status Byte Register, causing a SRQ to occur IF the RSB bit is enabled to do so.
The Standard Event Status Enable Register (“*RSE” program message ) determines which
of these flags are able to assert the RSB bit. The description of these bits are given as:
MEAS LO Lo-RPT measurement ready Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT has completed a Q-RPT measurement.
NRDY LO Lo Q-RPT pressure Not Ready Bit 5 (32)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT made a transition from Ready to Not Ready as
defined by the stability settings (see Section 3.2.4).
RDY LO Lo Q-RPT pressure Ready Bit 4 (16)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT is Ready as defined by the stability settings (see
Section 3.2.4).
MEAS HI Hi Q-RPT measurement ready Bit 2 (4)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT has completed a Q-RPT measurement.
NRDY HI Hi Q-RPT pressure Not Ready Bit 1 (2)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT made a transition from Ready to Not Ready as
defined by the stability settings (see Section 3.2.4).
RDY HI Hi Q-RPT pressure Ready Bit 0 (1)
Indicates that the Hi Q-RPT is Ready as defined by the stability settings (see
Section 3.2.4).

Page 111 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.6 IEEE STD. 488.2 COMMON AND STATUS PROGRAM

MESSAGES
The RPM4-AD supports a set of commands that are common to all instruments conforming to IEEE Std. 488.2.
These commands make it easy to perform basic function for any device that supports these commands.

These commands also cover the status reporting commands. See Section 4.1 for details on the status
registers mentioned in these commands.

Table 27. IEEE-488.2 common and status program message list

∗CLS Clear all of the status & event structures.

∗ESE Read or set the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
∗ESR Read the Standard Event Status Register.
∗IDN Identify the RPM4-AD version, range, and serial number.
∗OPC Set the operation complete bit when all operations have completed.
∗OPT Read the list of installed RPM4-AD options.
∗RST Reset the RPM4-AD settings to factory settings.
∗TST Read the power on self test status.
∗SRE Read or set the Service Request Enable Register.
∗STB Read the Status Byte Register.
∗RSE Read or set the Ready Status Enable Register.
∗RSR Read the Ready Status Register.

4.6.1 PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS

∗CLS
Purpose Clear all of the status & event structures.
Command “∗CLS”
Remarks This program message clears the following events and status registers:
Standard Byte Register (STB)
Standard Event Status Register (ESR)
Error Queue
Pending OPC operations
Example Sent: “∗CLS”
Reply: none

∗ESE
Purpose Read or set the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
Command “∗ESE n”
Query “∗ESE?”
Default “∗ESE 0”
Arguments n: ’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To enable
the PON and QYE bits, the argument would be 128 + 4 = 132.
Remarks The Standard Event Status Enable register determines which bits in the standard Event
Status Register are enabled and included in the Status Byte Register (ESB bit), and can
assert the SRQ line. The reply is in decimal numeric form.
Example Sent: “∗ESE=128”(enables the PON bit)
(enhanced) Query reply: “128” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Errors ERR# 6: n is not valid.

∗ESR
Purpose Read the Standard Event Register.
Command “∗ESR?”
Remarks The Standard Event Register contents are cleared after reading. The reply is in decimal
numeric form.
Example Sent: “∗ESR?”
(enhanced) Reply: “20” (the QYE and EXE bits are set)

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 112

 4. REMOTE OPERATION

∗IDN
Purpose Identify the RPM4-AD version, range, and serial number.
Query “∗IDN?”
Remarks The identification reply is made up of the manufacture, the model, the serial number and the
software version. Each is separated by a comma.
Example Sent:“∗IDN?”
(enhanced) Reply:“DH INSTRUMENTS INC, RPM4-AD A0100/A0015, 1234, Ver2.00 -dhf”

∗OPC
Purpose Sets the operation complete bit when all operations have completed.
Command “∗OPC”
Query “∗OPC?”
Remarks This Command enables the RPM4-AD to set the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status
Register when it has completed all pending functions.
The Query replies with a “1” when all functions are complete.
Example Sent: “∗OPC”
(enhanced) Query reply: “1”

∗OPT
Purpose Reads the list of installed RPM4-AD options.
Query “∗OPT?”
Remarks This Query returns any registered option(s) installed in the RPM4-AD. Each option is
separated by a comma. Possible options:
“IEEE-488:0” The IEEE-488 option is installed,

Example Sent: “∗OPT?”

(enhanced) Reply: “IEEE-488:0”

∗RST
Purpose Resets the RPM4-AD settings to factory settings.
Command “∗RST””
Remarks This Command sets the RPM4-AD settings to factory settings. This equivalent to a front
panel executed RESET/SET. This does not affect the communications settings.
Example Sent: “∗RST”
(enhanced) Reply: “∗RST” (no reply if IEEE-488)
See Also 3.5.9.1

∗SRE
Purpose Read or set the Service Request Enable Register.
Command “∗SRE n”
Query “∗SRE?”
Default “∗SRE 0”
Arguments n: ’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To allow the
MAV and ESB bits to assert the SRQ line, the argument would be 32 + 16 = 48.
Bit 6 (64) is reserved and cannot be set.
Remarks The Service Request Enable Register determines which bits of the Status Byte can set the MSS
bit of the Status Byte and request service by asserting the SRQ line of the IEEE-488 interface.
Example Sent: “∗SRE=48” (enables the MAV and ESB bits)
(enhanced) Query reply: “48” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Errors ERR# 6: n is not valid.

∗STB
Purpose Read the Status Byte Register.
Command “∗STB?”
Remarks The Status Byte Register reflects the general status of the RPM4-AD. The ‘MSS’ bit state is
represented by bit 6.
Example Sent: “∗STB?”
(enhanced) Reply: “80” (The MSS and MAV bits are set)

∗TST
Purpose Read the power on self test status.
Query “∗TST?””
Remarks The RPM4-AD system memory stores the user settings (units, resolution) and retains them
when the unit if OFF. On power-up, this memory is checked. If this memory is corrupted, all
user settings are reset to default (as if the “∗RST” program message was executed), and the
∗TST query will return a non zero value. If the RPM4-AD passed the test on power-up OR if
the ∗TST query was used at least once since the RPM4-AD was powered up the reply will be
a ‘0’.
Example Sent: “∗RST?”
(enhanced) Reply: “1”

Page 113 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

*RSE
Purpose Read or set the Ready Status Enable Register.
Command “RSE n”
Query “RSE?”
Default “RSE 0”

Arguments n: ’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To enable
the RDY bit, the argument would be 1.
Remarks The Ready Status Enable Register determines which bits in the Ready Status Register are
enabled and included in the Status Byte Register (RSR bit), and can assert the SRQ line.
The reply is in decimal numeric form.
Example Sent: “∗RSE=1” (enables the RDY bit)
(enhanced) Query reply: “1” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Errors ERR# 6: n is not valid.

*RSR
Purpose Read the Ready Status Register.
Command “RSR?”
Remarks The Ready Status Register contents are cleared after reading. The reply is in decimal
numeric form.
Example Sent: “RSR?”
(enhanced) Reply: “6” (The MEAS and NRDY)

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 114

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

5. MAINTENANCE,
ADJUSTMENTS A N D
CALIBRATION

5.1 OVERVIEW
RPM4-AD was designed for maintenance free operation. No maintenance is required other than:

• Regular AutoZeroing of quartz reference pressure transducer(s) (Q-RPT) (see Section 3.5.1).
• Periodic calibration of Q-RPT(s) (see Section 5.2).
• Adjustment of the on-board barometer, if present (see Sections 5.3).

This section provides information on calibration and adjustment procedures.

RPM4-AD is a sophisticated pressure measuring instrument with advanced on-board features and
functions. Before assuming that unexpected behavior is caused by a system defect or breakdown, use
this manual and other training facilities to become thoroughly familiar with RPM4-AD operation.
For rapid assistance in specific situations see Chapter 6 for troubleshooting information.

RPM4-AD is covered by a limited one (1) year warranty. Unauthorized service or repair during the
warranty period is undertaken at the owner’s risk and may cause damage that is not covered under
warranty and/or may void the warranty. For warranty service, contact a DHI Authorized Service
Provide (see Table 34). RPM4-AD units delivered under certain US government contracts with
extended warranties have a warranty period sticker on their rear panel.

5.2 CALIBRATION OF QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE

TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPT)

5.2.1 PRINCIPLE
RPM4-AD is equipped with two quartz reference pressure transducers (Q-RPTs)
used for low uncertainty pressure measurement.
To calibrate the Q-RPTs, pressures from a reference standard are applied to the Q-RPTs at
ascending and descending pressure increments over the range. The pressure defined by the
standard and the corresponding Q-RPT readings are recorded at each point. After all of the
pressures have been applied and recorded, adjustments are made to fit the Q-RPT pressure
readings to the standard. Fitting the readings means performing a linear regression to arrive
at the lowest value of the residuals of errors of the Q-RPT relative to the standard. The
Q-RPT output is adjusted by user settable coefficients: PA (an adder or offset) and PM (a
multiplier or span set) (see Section 5.2.1.1).

Page 115 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The calibration process is performed independently on each Q-RPT to arrive at its optimal fit. As
RPM4-AD 160K/A160K has two identical Q-RPTs, the calibration sequence may be run on both
of them simultaneously but they are adjusted independently.

CalTool for RPTs software provided with the RPM4-AD supports the calibration process
of RPM4-AD Q-RPTs. CalTool and its documentation are provided on a General Accessories Disk
with a new RPM4-AD and can be downloaded from www.dhinstruments.com. Most users
should use CalTool software to assist in the calibration of RPM4-AD.

RPM4-AD is delivered with an interactive Q-RPT calibration utility that steps the operator
through the complete Q-RPT calibration procedure including applying the necessary
pressures, collecting data automatically, calculating new PA and PM values, previewing the
results of the new calibration and activating the results of the new calibration (see the
CalTool for RPTs manual on the RPM4 General Accessories Disk). RPM4-AD also provides
complete front panel and remote access to Q-RPT calibration parameters so that Q-RPT
calibrations can be performed without using CalTool software (see Section 5.2.8).

5.2.1.1 PA AND PM COEFFICIENTS

The coefficients used to adjust Q-RPT readings are designated PA (an adder or
offset) and PM (a multiplier or span set). The coefficients affect the Q-RPT
reading following:
Corrected reading = (uncorrected reading • PM) + PA
PA is expressed in units of pressure (always the SI unit, Pascal).
PM is dimensionless.
Each Q-RPT has its own unique PA and PM values. The PA and PM values
currently in use can be viewed and edited from the front panel in the RPM4-AD
CAL function (see Section 5.2.7). PA and PM values are automatically edited
when CalTool software results are activated.

As editing PA and PM values changes the Q-RPT calibration, they should only
be edited by qualified personnel as part of the calibration process. Caution
should be taken to avoid accidental editing and a security system is
available to prevent access (see Section 3.5.5.5). Incorrect editing of PA
and PM values can cause out of tolerance measurements.

A new RPM4-AD is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero for both
Q-RPTs. This does not mean that the RPM4-AD has not been calibrated. In the
original factory calibration, privileged factory coefficients are used for
calibration with the user PA and PM set to zero and 1.

5.2.1.2 AS RECEIVED AND AS LEFT DATA

Frequently, calibration procedures require reporting as received and as left data.
The necessary information to report as received and as left data on the
calibration of RPM4-AD Q-RPTs can be obtained in several ways.
When the RPM4-AD CalTool calibration assistance software is used, as received
data is displayed while running the calibration and is automatically recorded and
reported if desired. As left data is also calculated and presented.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 116

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

At any time, a) reference pressures applied; b) associated Q-RPT readings;

c) PA and PM and Poffset values, can be used to calculate as received and as left
values. For example, backing out PA and PM on the as left data yields the Q-RPT
readings with PA = 0 and PM = 1. Then applying the as received PA and PM and
Poffset values to the readings calculates as received readings (the readings that the
transducer would have made with the old PA, PM and Poffset). Poffset is the offset
applied between full calibrations by the AutoZero function (see Section 3.5.1).

It is recommended that “as received” values of PA, PM and Poffset be recorded

for each Q-RPT prior to running the calibration. The current PA, PM and
Poffset can be viewed by pressing [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <1view>.

5.2.2 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

The recommended calibration standard for RPM4-AD Q-RPTs is a DHI PG7601 gas piston
gauge or ADCS-601 air data calibration standard. Contact DHI for additional information.

Gas operated piston gauge (deadweight tester), with the following characteristics:
• Measurement uncertainty of ± 0.0025 % of reading. A standard with higher
measurement uncertainty may be used but RPM4-AD measurement uncertainty may be
degraded proportionally from published specifications.
• Able to supply the recommended sequence of absolute pressure points in the
range to be calibrated: See Section 5.2.4 for information on the recommended
calibration point sequence for RPM4-AD A160K and A350K Q-RPTs.

5.2.3 SET-UP AND PREPARATION

5.2.3.1 RPM4 A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING)

To set-up and prepare an RPM4-AD A160K/A160K for calibration of its Q-RPTs:
Set the RPM4-AD on a stable surface near the calibration standard at a
height as close as possible to the calibration standard’s reference height.
Consider the connections that may need to be made to the rear panel and
access to the front panel display and keypad.
Tee the calibration standard output to the TEST(Pt) and TEST(Ps) ports so that
it can apply the reference pressure to both ports simultaneously. TEST port
connection is AN4 M.
Use [RANGE] to set the active Q-RPT to <Hi> (see Section 3.3.1.1).
Use [MODE] to set the measurement mode to absolute (see Section 3.3.3).
Use [UNIT] to set the unit of measure to a pressure unit (not an air data unit)
(see Section 3.3.2).
Use [DISPLAY], (<4RPT>) to set the display to RPT (see Section 3.3.6.4) so
the Lo Q-RPT measurement is displayed on the display’s bottom line.
Use [SDS] to open SDS (Self Defense System) on the Hi Q-RPT (TEST (Pt)
port) (see Section 3.3.8) so that the pressure applied by the standard will
reach the Hi Q-RPT.
Use [SPECIAL], <4SDS>, <1temp open/close>, <2Lo RPT> to OPEN SDS
temporarily on the Lo Q-RPT (TEST (Ps) port) (see Section 3.5.4.1) so that
the pressure applied by the standard will reach the Lo Q-RPT.

Page 117 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Note: If RPM4-AD indicates <SDS CLOSED>, the Q-RPT’s TEST port is

closed and pressure from the reference standard will not be able to reach it
until SDS is opened.

Opening SDS with a pressure greater than Pmax! applied to the test port may cause
overpressure damage to the Q-RPT.

5.2.3.2 RPM4 A350K/A160K (FIXED WING)

To set-up and prepare an RPM4-AD A350K/A160K for calibration of its Q-RPTs:

Set the RPM4-AD on a stable surface near the calibration standard at a

height as close as possible to the calibration standard’s reference height.
Consider the connections that may need to be made to the rear panel and
access to the front panel display and keypad.
Connect the calibration standard output to the TEST port of the Q-RPT to be
calibrated.
Use the TEST(Ps) port for the A160K (23 psia) Q-RPT.
Use the TEST(Pt) port for the A350K (50 psia) Q-RPT.
The TEST port connections are is AN4 M.
Use [RANGE] to set the active Q-RPT to <Lo> for the A160K Q-RPT or
<Hi> for the A350K Q-RPT(see Section 3.3.1.2).
Use [MODE] to set the measurement mode to absolute (see Section 3.3.3).
Use [UNIT] to set the unit of measure to a pressure unit (not an air data unit)
(see Section 3.3.2).
Use [SDS] to open SDS (Self Defense System) on the selected Q-RPT (see
Section 3.3.8) so that the pressure applied by the standard will reach the
Q-RPT.

Opening SDS with a pressure greater than Pmax! applied to the test port may cause
overpressure damage to the Q-RPT.

5.2.4 RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION POINT SEQUENCE

Calibration adjustments to RPM4-AD Q-RPTs are made by altering calibration coefficients,
PA and PM (see Section 5.2.1.1). To adjust these coefficients to optimum values giving the
best results over the Q-RPTs complete operating range, specific calibration point sequences
are recommended.
See Section 5.2.4.1 for the calibration sequence of RPM4-AD A160K Q-RPT.
See Section 5.2.4.2 for the calibration sequence of RPM4-AD A350K Q-RPT.

5.2.4.1 A160K Q-RPT CALIBRATION SEQUENCE

The calibration sequence starts with exercising of the Q-RPT(s):
a) Apply vacuum (very low absolute pressure).
b) Dwell for five minutes.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 118

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

c) Set full scale absolute pressure.

d) Dwell for five minutes.
Repeat the exercising sequence twice then proceed with the calibration
sequence defined in Table 28 (pressure is already at the first point).
All pressure points are absolute pressure.
A dwell time of at least 60 seconds after setting the pressure is recommended
before taking data at each point.
Table 28. Calibration point sequence, A160K Q-RPT

CALIBRATION POINT POINT

SEGMENT NO. [kPA (PSI)]
1 160 (23.2)
2 120 (17.4)
Descending 3 80 (11.6)
4 40 (5.8)
5 6 (0.9)
6 40 (5.8)
7 80 (11.6)
Ascending
8 120 (17.4)
9 160 (23.2)

It is not required that the calibration pressure standard apply precisely the nominal
pressure value of each calibration point as long as the exact value of the applied pressure
is known. Best results are obtained if the actual applied pressure is within 2 % of the
recommended nominal point.

5.2.4.2 A350K Q-RPT CALIBRATION SEQUENCE

The calibration sequence starts with exercising of the Q-RPT:
a) Set full scale absolute pressure.
b) Dwell for five minutes.
c) Apply vacuum (very low absolute pressure)
d) Dwell for five minutes.
Repeat the exercising sequence twice then proceed with the calibration
sequence defined in Table 29.
All pressure points are absolute pressure.
A dwell time of at least 60 seconds after setting the pressure is recommended
before taking data at each point.
Table 29. Calibration point sequence, A350K Q-RPT

CALIBRATION POINT POINT

SEGMENT NO. [kPA (PSI)]
1
1 Lowest pressure
2 87.5 (12.7)
Descending 3 175 (25.4)
4 262.5 (38.1)
5 350 (50.8)
6 262.5 (38.1)
7 175 (25.4)
Ascending
8 87.5 (12.7)
1
9 Lowest pressure
1. 1 kPa (0.15 psi) or the lowest point that can be set reliably by
the reference piston gauge .

Page 119 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.2.5 TURNING OFF ABSOLUTE AND NEGATIVE GAUGE

MEASUREMENT MODES
This function is not used in RPM4-AD models.

5.2.6 Q-RPT CALIBRATION USING CALTOOL FOR RPTS

SOFTWARE
To calibrate RPM4-AD Q-RPTs using CalTool software, refer to Sections 5.2.1,
 PRINCIPLE, 5.2.2, and 5.2.3 in this manual and then refer to the CalTool for RPTs
Software Manual.
CalTool for RPTs software and manual are supplied on the RPM4-AD General Accessories
Disk and can be downloaded from www.dhinstruments.com.

5.2.7 EDITING AND VIEWING Q-RPT CALIBRATION

INFORMATION
 PURPOSE
View and/or edit Q-RPT calibration information fields including:
• The calibration date – This field is normally used to record the date on which the Q-RPT is
calibrated.
• The value of absolute mode AutoZero Poffset – See Section 3.5.1 for complete AutoZero
information. This value is normally set to zero following calibration a Q-RPT.
• The value of PA – The pressure adder for the selected Q-RPT (see Sections 5.2.1.1).
• The value of PM – The pressure multiplier for the selected Q-RPT (see Sections 5.2.1.1).

 OPERATION

As editing PA and PM values changes the calibration of the Q-RPTs, the edit function
should only be used by qualified personnel as part of the calibration process. Caution
should be taken to avoid accidental editing. A user level security system is available to
control access (see Section 3.5.5.5).

A new RPM4-AD is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero and 1 for all ranges. This
does not mean that the RPM4-AD has not been calibrated. In the original factory calibration,
privileged factory coefficients are used for calibration with the user PA and PM set to
zero and 1.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 120

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

To view or edit Q-RPT calibration information press [SPECIAL], <8Cal>. Select the desired
Q-RPT. The <1view> selection displays the calibration information fields. The <2edit>
function displays the fields and allows them to be edited. The display is:

1. Date of last calibration in YYYYMMDD format.

2. Position designator of the Q-RPT being viewed. Cal date:20030325 Hi
3. Current value of absolute mode Poffset. AbsPoffset: 0.0 Pa

If in edit mode, the calibration information fields can be edited. Edits to Poffset are common
with changes made in the AutoZ edit or run function (see Section 3.5.1). Pressing [ENT] on
the last field goes to the next view/edit screen:

1. Value of PA.
PA: 0.0 Pa Hi
2. Position designator of the Q-RPT being viewed.
PM: 1.000000
3. Value of PM.

If in edit mode, the calibration fields can be edited.

[ENT] in view mode returns to the view/edit screen. [ENT] in edit mode goes to confirmation of
change activation if changes have been made in any of the calibration screens. Pressing [ESC] in
any edit screen exits the edit screen without activating any changes.

The value of PA is always in Pascal (Pa). The value of PM is dimensionless but should be
very near 1.

5.2.8 Q-RPT CALIBRATION/ADJUSTMENT WITHOUT CALTOOL

FOR RPTS SOFTWARE
 PRINCIPLE
The RPM4-AD Q-RPTs can be calibrated and adjustments made without using CalTool for
RPTs software. This requires:
• Applying pressures with a calibration standard and recording the pressures measured by
RPM4-AD.
• Calculating new PA and PM values and entering them.
• Setting Poffset to zero.

Before proceeding to calibrate a reference pressure transducer without using CalTool for RPTs
software, Sections 5.2, Calibration of Reference Pressure Transducers, 5.2.1  PRINCIPLE,
5.2.2 Equipment Required, 5.2.3 Setup and Preparation should be reviewed thoroughly.

Page 121 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

The Q-RPTs of RPM4-AD A160K/A160K that are used in parallel measurement mode (see
Section 3.2.5) may be run through the calibration sequence simultaneously but must be
adjusted separately. PA and PM for the Hi and Lo Q-RPT need to be determined and set
individually. Therefore, data to be used in determining calibration coefficients cannot be
taken in parallel mode since parallel mode displays the average measurement of the two
Q-RPTs. To calibrate the Q-RPTs of RPM4-AD A160K/A160K simultaneously, make the Hi
Q-RPT active, use the [RPT], <4RPT> (see Section 3.3.6.4) function to display the Lo Q-
RPT measurement on the display bottom line and use [SPECIAL], <4SDS> to OPEN SDS
on the Lo Q-RPT (see Section 3.5.4.1).

 OPERATION
The typical procedure for calibrating a Q-RPT is:
Set-up and prepare the RPM4-AD for calibration (see Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3).
Use the [RANGE] function key to select the Q-RPT to be calibrated (see Section 3.3.1).
RPM4-AD A160K/A160K: the Q-RPTs of the RPM4-AD A160K/A160K have the same
range and can be calibrated simultaneously. To do so, make the Hi Q-RPT active, use
[RPT], <4RPT> to display the Lo Q-RPT measurement on the display bottom line (see
Section 3.3.6.4) and use [SPECIAL], <4SDS>, <1temp open/close> to OPEN SDS on
the Lo Q-RPT (see Section 3.5.4.1).
RPM4-AD A350K/A160K: the Hi and Lo Q-RPT must be calibrated completely separately.
Use [HEAD] to set the HEAD to zero (see Section 3.3.7).
Use [UNIT] to set the desired pressure unit of measure (not an air data unit) (see Section
3.3.2).
Use [MODE] to set absolute pressure measurement mode (see Section 3.3.3).
Use [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> to access the AutoZ function (see Section 3.5.1).
Turn AutoZ ON if it is left ON in normal RPM4-AD operation.
Use [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <1Hi RPT> or <2Lo RPT>, <1view>, to read and record the
current values of PA, PM and Poffset for the Q-RPT to be calibrated.
Exercise the Q-RPT(s) and run the recommended calibration point sequence (see
Section 5.2.4). Record the pressure applied by the standard and the RPM4-AD Q-RPT
reading at each calibration point (record output of both Hi and Lo Q-RPT is calibrating both
Q-RPTs of RPM4 A160K/A160K simultaneously. Dwell at least 60 seconds at each point
after setting the reference pressure to allow full stabilization. The data recorded is the
“as received” data for this calibration.
Enter the calibration pressures and RPM4-AD readings into a spreadsheet. Calculate
the “non-corrected” RPM4-AD readings by backing out the PA, PM and Poffset recorded in
Steps and above, following:
non-corrected reading = ((corrected reading - PA)/PM ) + Poffset
Perform a linear regression to find the offset and slope that best fit the non-corrected
RPM4-AD readings to the calibration standard pressures. The offset is the new value of
PA, the slope is the new value of PM.
Press [SPECIAL], <8Cal>, <1Hi RPT> or <2Lo RPT>, <2edit> and write the new
calibration date and the new values of PA and PM for the Q-RPT(s) calibrated. Set the
value of Poffset to zero (see Section 5.2.7).
Calculate as left data for the calibration if desired following:
as left reading = (non-corrected reading • new PM) + new PA
Perform additional verification pressure runs as desired.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 122

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

5.3 ADJUSTMENT OF ON-BOARD BAROMETER

 PURPOSE

To adjust the output of the on-board barometer.

 PRINCIPLE

The on-board barometer output can be adjusted using PA and PM values in the same manner as
Q-RPTs (see Section 5.2.1.1).

The on-board barometer is a low accuracy sensor used only for measuring changes in atmospheric
pressure over short periods of time (see Section 3.2.2). RPM4-AD measurement uncertainty does not
depend on the measurement uncertainty of the on-board barometer.

 OPERATION

To edit the values of PA and PM for the barometer, press [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <3barometer>. Pressing
[ENT] steps through displays of the calibration date (YYYYMMDD) and PA and PM. In edit mode, the
values can be edited. Pressing [ENT] after the last screen activates the edited values.

To view the current output of the on-board barometer, press [SPECIAL], <7Internal>, <3baro>.

The on-board barometer reading is indicated in the current unit of measure. To change the unit of
measure, return to the main run screen and use [UNIT].

5.4 RELOADING EMBEDDED SOFTWARE INTO FLASH

MEMORY
RPM4-AD uses FLASH memory. This allows the embedded software that controls RPM4-AD operations and
functions to be loaded into RPM4-AD over its COM1 port from a computer with a simple FLASH loading
utility program.

To replace corrupted software or upgrade your software, access the DHI worldwide web site at
www.dhinstruments.com and go to SOFTWARE. A FLASH loading utility and the latest RPM4-AD
software are available for download at no charge. If you do not have access to the web or have difficulty
downloading or loading software, contact your DHI representative or a DHI Authorized Service Provider
(see Table 34) for assistance.

If you believe you have discovered an error or “bug” in RPM4-AD software, please report it with complete
details by email to [email protected] or submit an on-line Quality Feedback Report
under CALIBRATION & REPAIR at www.dhinstruments.com.

The DHI flash software loading utility and RPM4-AD embedded software are available for download
from www.dhinstruments.com in the SOFTWARE page.

Page 123 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.5 SUBASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION

1. Micro card 3. Driver board 6. Hi Q-RPT module

2. Power supply module 4. On-board barometer 7. Display
(beneath driver board) 5. Lo Q-RPT module

Figure 7. Internal view

5.5.1 MINI MICRO BOARD

The micro board supports a Motorola 68302 micro-controller, EPROM, EEPROM, 128k x 16
bit NVRAM, 8 Mbit flash memory; RS-232 and IEEE-488.2 communications; keypad and
display control. An I/O port controls other ports and devices in RPM4-AD.

5.5.2 POWER SUPPLY MODULE

+ 12 V DC (± 2 %) @ 2.1 Amps

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 124

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

5.5.3 DRIVER BOARD

The driver board is controlled by the mini micro board (see Section 5.5.1). It supports:
• 12 V drivers for internal solenoid valve actuation
• Frequency counters (2) for reading Q-RPTs (see Section 5.5.5)
• On-board barometer power and output (see Section 5.5.4)
• Power to the system cooling fan
• Remote [ENT]
• Keypad and display
• Beeper

5.5.4 ON-BOARD BAROMETER

The on-board barometer supports a board mounted, barometric range, micro machined silicon
sensor and an ambient temperature sensor. The barometer readings are used for dynamic
atmospheric pressure compensation when measuring gauge pressure (see Section 3.2.2). The
temperature sensor is used for temperature compensation of the barometric sensor.

5.5.5 Q-RPT MODULE

The Q-RPT module is an integrated Quartz Reference Pressure Transducer (Q-RPT) assembly.
The module includes a Q-RPT, brackets to hold the transducer, interconnecting tubing.
RPM4-AD models use a single interconnection manifold for the two Q-RPT modules. The
manifold includes the TEST(Ps), TEST(Pt), VENT ATM ports. The SDS (Self Defense
System) and Hi Q-RPT/Lo Q-RPT bypass solenoid valves are mounted on the manifold.
A Q-RPT provides very high precision, low uncertainty pressure measurement. The basic
sensing principle is the measurement of the change in the natural oscillating frequency of a
quartz tuning fork in response to changes in temperature and mechanical stress resulting from
the change in pressure applied to a connecting bellows or bourdon tube. Two independent
quartz elements are used. One quartz element is subjected to pressure related stress. The
other quartz element is used only to monitor temperature. See Section 1.2.2.1 for Q-RPT
specifications.
See Section 5.6 for pneumatic schematics Q-RPT module configuration and valve states.

5.5.5.1 HI Q-RPT MODULE

RPM4-AD is always equipped with a Hi Q-RPT module. In RPM4-AD
A160K/A160K (rotary wing), the Hi Q-RPT is designated A160K and has a range
of 160 kPa absolute (23 psi). In RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing) the Hi
Q-RPT is designated A350K and has a range of 350 kPa absolute (51 psi).

5.5.5.2 LO Q-RPT MODULE

RPM4-AD is always equipped with a Lo Q-RPT module. In both RPM4-AD
A160K/A160K (rotary wing) and RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing) the Lo Q-
RPT is designated A160K and has a range of 160 kPa absolute (23 psi).

5.5.6 DISPLAY
2 x 20 character vacuum fluorescent display.

Page 125 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.6 Q-RPT MODULE PNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC AND VALVE

STATES

5.6.1 RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (ROTARY WING)

Table 30. Q-RPT module valve states, RPM4-AD A160K/A160K
HL Q-RPT ACTIVE HL Q-RPT ACTIVE
ABSOLUTE MODE GAUGE MODE
(altitude with best uncertainty, no (airspeed with best uncertainty, only at
airspeed) ambient pressure altitude)

VALVE STATE VALVE STATE

CONDITION CONDITION
A B C D E A B C D E
SDS Open O C C C O SDS Open C O C C O

SDS Closed C C O O C SDS Closed C C O O C

Hi Q-RPT ACTIVE Hi Q-RPT ACTIVE

ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE MODES DIFFERENTIAL MODE
(airspeed at varying altitude)

VALVE STATE VALVE STATE

CONDITION CONDITION
A B C D E A B C D E
SDS Open C O C O C SDS Open O O C C C

SDS Closed C C O O C SDS Closed C C O O C

Power off C C O O C Run AutoZ O C C C O

Figure 8. Pneumatic schematic and valve states, RPM4-AD A160K/A160K (rotary wing)

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 126

 5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS

5.6.2 RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (FIXED WING)

Table 31. Q-RPT module valve states, RPM4-AD A350K/A160K
LO Q-RPT ACTIVE HI Q-RPT ACTIVE HI Q-RPT ACTIVE
ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE MODES ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE MODES DIFFERENTIAL MODE
(altitude, no airspeed) (airspeed, at ambient pressure (airspeed and any altitude)
altitude only)

VALVE STATE VALVE STATE VALVE STATE

CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION
A B C D E A B C D E A B C D E
SDS Open O C O C C SDS Open C O C O C SDS Open O O C C C

SDS Closed C C O O C SDS Closed C C O O C SDS Closed C C O O C

Power off C C O O C Power off C C O O C Run AutoZ O C C C O

Figure 9. Pneumatic schematic and valve states, RPM4-AD A350K/A160K (fixed wing)

Page 127 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NO T E S

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 128

 6. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. TROUBLESHOOTING
RPM4-AD is a sophisticated pressure setting and measuring instrument with advanced on-board features
and functions. Before assuming that unexpected behavior is caused by a system defect or breakdown, the
operator should use this manual and other training facilities to become thoroughly familiar with
RPM4-AD operation. This troubleshooting guide is intended as an aid in identifying the reason for RPM4-D
behavior and determining whether the behavior is due to normal operation or an internal or external problem.

Identify the symptom or unexpected behavior you are observing from the SYMPTOM list below.
A PROBABLE CAUSE is provided and a SOLUTION is proposed including references to manual
sections that provide information that may be of assistance.

Table 32. Troubleshooting guide

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

Will not power up. Blown fuse. Replace fuse.
Cannot access certain functions User level has been set that restrict access Change user level or consult system
>ACCESS RESTRICTED< to certain functions. manager. 3.5.5.5
Cycle power to clear. Please record
conditions leading up to event including
Displays <FATAL ERROR> or Encountered unresolved internal software
the numbers displayed when [ENT] is
<FATAL FAULT>. conflict.
pressed and report to your DHI
Authorized Service Provider. Table 34
Unit of measure and measurement mode are
not compatible. Can only occur when unit Use front panel or remote commands to
and measurement mode are set by remote change measurement mode or unit of
Displays <ERR# 60>. commands and unit of measure is an air data measure to a valid combination. 3.3.2,
unit (altitude in a mode other than absolute 3.3.3, Error! Reference source not
or airspeed in absolute mode are found.
nonsensical).
Send <local> command from host
Front panel keys seem to be <remote> command has been sent from a
computer or cycle RPM4-AD power. 4,
disabled. host computer.
4.4.4
Measured pressure display or
other displays have too much/not Resolution setting needs to be changed. Change resolution setting. 3.4.2
enough resolution.
Values that should be non-zero Resolution setting needs to be increased to
Change resolution setting. 3.4.2
are displayed as zero. view significant digits.
Keypad presses make undesired Use keypad function to set keypad
Keypad sound settings are incorrect.
sounds or NO sounds. sounds as desired. 3.5.5.2
Bottom line of display has
The DISPLAY function has been used to Use [DISPLAY] to set bottom line to
changed and you want to change
change the display. desired display. 3.3.6
it back.
Operation is normal. Use [DISPLAY] to
Bottom line of display is blank. DISPLAY mode is “clean”. change bottom line display if desired.
3.3.6
Cannot get to air data units Not selecting correct Q-RPT and/or Use a and airdata shortcut under
measurements measurement mode. [RANGE]. 3.3.1
Select [DISPLAY], <4PRT> to select the
Cannot change altitude unit of altitude unit for the bottom line display
Not using correct feature.
measure on bottom line of display. with HL, absolute or Hi, absolute +
differential Q-RP Tactive. 3.3.6.4
Use PresU function to customize the
The pressure units available UNIT function needs to be customized. UNIT function or reset units to default.
under the [UNIT] function key are 3.5.6

Page 129 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

not the ones you want. Units available under UNIT function is Q-
Change active Q-RPT with [RANGE]
RPT and measurement mode specific and
and/or measurement mode with [MODE].
current selections do not support desired
3.3.1, 3.3.3
unit.
Operation is normal. Press any key to
Front panel display is dim. Screen saver option has activated. resume full screen power. Adjust screen
saver time, if desired. 3.5.5.1
Cannot change active Q-RPT. The pressure currently applied to the Q-RPT
Reduce pressure applied to test port to
Displays “Pressure on Hi (or Lo) that is being selected exceeds the UL (upper
less than UL of target range. 3.4.4
RPT exceeds RR upper limit”. limit) set for that range.
Pressure display is flashing and Current upper limit of active Q-RPT has been Reduce pressure. Change UL and/or
beeper is sounding intermittently. exceeded. active Q-RPT if needed. 3.4.4
Pressure display is flashing and Reduce differential pressure and/or
beeper is sounding intermittently Differential pressure upper limit OR Hi Q- pressure on Hi Q-RPT to be less than
while operating in differential RPT upper limit is exceeded. upper limit values or change upper limit
mode. value(s). 3.4.4, 3.2.6
Pressure display is NOT flashing
Lo Q-RPT upper limit is exceeded. If Lo Q-
and beeper is sounding Reduce pressure on Lo Q-RPT or
RPT measurement is displayed on second
intermittently while operating in change its upper limit. 3.4.4, 3.2.6
line, its measured pressures is flashing.
differential mode.
“Hi (or Lo) RPT EXCEEDED
RPM4-AD Q-RPT has been overpressured Correct the overpressure condition and
PMAX” displays alternating with
(Pmax! exceeded). cycle power ON and OFF to clear. 0
normal display.
If parallel measurement mode is not
desired, change active Q-RPT.
RPM4-AD is in parallel measurement mode
Rapid beeping for 8 seconds and If parallel measurement is desired,
and the disagreement in pressure measured
<Check RPT connection> check that the Hi and Lo Q-RPTs are
by the two Q-RPTs indicates they may not be
displayed in second line. connected to the same pressure.
connected in parallel.
Ignore if having the two Q-RPTs on two
different pressures is intentional. 3.2.5
A Ready (green Ready/Not Ready Stability settings is too tight and/or existing
Adjust stability setting or correct other
indicator) indication is never conditions will not allow Ready to be
conditions. 3.4.3, 3.2.4
achieved. achieved.
Display update rate of indicated RPM4-AD automated read rate function is
Operation is normal. Turn automated
pressure changes when changing ON to automatically adjust read rate
read rate function OFF if desired. 3.5.7.2
pressure. depending upon rate of change of pressure.
Display update of indicated Turn automated read rate function ON to
RPM4-AD automated read rate function is
pressure is too slow when automatically adjust read rate depending
OFF.
pressure is changing quickly. on pressure rate of change. 3.5.7.2
Pressure is changing but display
Average DISPLAY function is ON and Go to a DISPLAY function other than
of pressure is NOT and the
pressure display is updating only with the average or press [+/-] to get the
bottom right hand corner of the
average value at the end of each averaging instantaneous value Average DISPLAY.
display is a numerical countdown
cycle. 3.3.6
followed by <avg>.
Purge and clean affected systems.
Pressure measurement seems
The RPM4-AD and/or the connection to the Contact DHI Authorized Service
erratic when measuring gas
test system is contaminated with liquids. Provider if RPM4-AD is contaminated
pressure.
internally. Table 34
Pressure indicated by RPM4-AD These is a leak in the pressure system to Find and correct leak. Consider using
never becomes stable. which RPM4-AD is connected. RPM4-AD leak check function. 3.3.5
Compare differences observed to
Disagreement between two Q-RPTs Difference is actually within tolerance and
tolerances on Q-RPT measurements.
in system appears excessive. acceptable disagreement.
1.2.2.1
Apparently inaccurate pressure
Reference transducer destroyed by Contact DHI Authorized Service Provider.
measurement and little or no
overpressure. Table 34
response from Q-RPT:
Set desired pressure units and/or
Incorrect pressure units and/or measurement
measurement mode. Consider reference
mode (gauge or absolute).
temperature if unit is inWa. 3.3.2, 3.3.3
Apparent inaccurate pressure
Q-RPT calibration coefficients have been Check and correct calibration coefficients if
measurement.
altered. needed. 5.2
AutoZ has been run and turned ON with an Check value of Poffset. Rerun AutoZ with a
incorrect standard for zero. valid reference. 3.5.1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 130

 6. TROUBLESHOOTING

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

Apparent inaccurate pressure
An unplanned “head” correction is active or Operation is normal. Remove or change
measurement and <h> is
head height or fluid is incorrect. “head” correction. 3.3.7
displayed on top line of screen.
Need to run AutoZ to rezero in gauge mode. Run AutoZ. 3.3.9
Pressure applied is zero gauge Current measurement mode is absolute and Check measurement mode setting and
but reading is NOT zero. RPM4-AD is indicating atmospheric set to gauge if gauge pressure
pressure. measurements are desired. 3.3.3
Operation is normal. Check
Pressure applied is atmospheric Current measurement mode is gauge and measurement mode setting and set to
but RPM4-AD indicates near zero. RPM4-AD is indicating zero gauge pressure. absolute if absolute pressure
measurements are desired. 3.3.3
NOT reading pressure applied to
SDS is CLOSED for the active Q-RPT so the After taking precautions to assure that
the test port and <SDS CLOSED>
pressure applied to the test port is NOT pressure applied to test port is safe for
is flashing over the pressure
getting to the Q-RPT. the RPT, OPEN SDS. 3.2.8, 3.3.8
indication.
Familiarize yourself with your RPM4-AD
RPM4-AD has two TEST ports and the
configuration. Connect pressure to be
pressure to be measured is connected to the
measured to correct TEST port.
wrong port.
Is NOT reading pressure applied 3.2.1, 5.6
to the TEST port. RPM4-AD has two TEST ports and pressure Familiarize yourself with your RPM4-AD
to be measured is connected to correct port configuration. Select active Q-RPT to be
but active Q-RPT is NOT the Q-RPT on that the Q-RPT to which the pressure to be
TEST port. measured is corrected. 5.6, 3.3.1, 3.2.5
<SDS CLOSED> is displayed
Operation is normal. OPEN SDS if
alternating with the measured SDS is CLOSED for the active Q-RPT.
desired. 3.3.8
pressure.
SDS should be present on a
SDS has been turned full time OFF for the
Q-RPT but does not seem to be Turn SDS full time ON. 3.5.4.2
Q-RPT.
active.
Operation is normal. In parallel mode,
normal opening of SDS opens only the
Opening SDS is not causing both
The active Q-RPT is the HL (parallel mode) active TEST port which is the TEST(Ps)
the TEST(Pt) and TEST(Ps) ports
Q-RPT. port in absolute measurement mode and
to open
TEST(Pt) port in gauge measurement
mode. 3.2.5, 3.3.8.2
When not in differential or parallel
SDS will not OPEN for the Q-RPT
measurement mode, SDS on the inactive Use direct SDS direct control to OPEN
shown on the second line in the
Q-RPT can only be OPENED using direct SDS on the inactive Q-RPT. 3.5.4.1
Q-RPT DISPLAY function.
SDS control.
SDS was left OPEN on one
When the active Q-RPT is changed, SDS is
Q-RPT when the active Q-RPT
always CLOSED for the Q-RPT that Operation is normal. 3.2.8
was changed. When you come
becomes inactive.
back to it, its CLOSED again.
You would like to eliminate the Set SDS to be inactive except for an
Turn SDS full time OFF. 3.5.4.2
SDS function. overpressure situation.

Page 131 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NO T E S

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 132

 7. APPENDIX

7. APPENDIX

7.1 REMOTE [ENT]

The RPM4-AD remote ENTER function operates by detecting the open or closed status of the REMOTE
ENTER switch.

The normal status of the ENTER switch is OPEN. When RPM4-AD detects a CLOSED condition held for 300
ms, it is interpreted as equivalent to a press of the [ENT] key.

Any switch may be used to accomplish the remote ENTER function. The switch should be installed on
the optional remote ENTER cable (DHI P/N 103128). Install the switch by connecting its two terminals to
the black and white wires of the remote ENTER cable.

Figure 10. Remote [ENT] connector schematic

1. Black wire 2. White wire

Page 133 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

7.2 UNIT CONVERSION

7.2.1 PRESSURE
RPM4-AD performs all internal calculations in SI units. Numerical values input or output in
other units are converted to SI immediately after entry and back to other units just before
output as needed.
Table 33 provides the conversion coefficients used by RPM4-AD to convert numerical values
expressed in SI units to corresponding values expressed in other units.
Table 33. Pressure unit of measure conversion coefficients

TO CONVERT FROM Pa To MULTIPLY BY

Pa Pascal 1.0
mbar millibar 1.0 E-02
hPa ector Pascal 1.0 E-02
kPa kilo Pascal 1.0 E-03
bar Bar 1.0 E-05
mmWa @ 4°C millimeter of water 1.019716 E-01
mmHg @ 0°C millimeter of mercury 7.50063 E-03
psi pound per square inch 1.450377 E-04
psf pound per square foot 1.007206 E-06
inWa @ 4°C inch of water 4.014649 E-03
inWa @ 20°C inch of water 4.021732 E-03
inWa @ 60°F inch of water 4.018429 E-03
inHg @ 0°C inch of mercury 2.953 E-04
2
kcm kilogram force per centimeter square 1.019716 E-05
mTorr milliTorr (micron of mercury 7.50063
Torr Torr (millimeter of mercury) 7.50063 E-3
user User User defined coefficient
ft feet of altitude see Section 7.2.2
m meter of altitude see Section 7.2.2
kts knots see Section 7.2.3
km/h kilometers per hour see Section 7.2.3
mph miles per hour see Section 7.2.3
mach mach number see Section 7.2.3

7.2.2 ALTITUDE
Quantities expressed in units of altitude follow MIL-STD-859A
“Static Pressure, p, in Inches of Mercury for Values of Pressure Altitude, H,
in Geopotential Feet.” MIL-STD-859A provides tables of pressure in inches of mercury as a
function of altitude in feet. RPM4-AD uses a set of equations to model the pressure/altitude
relationship. The worst case deviation between the MIL-STD-859A table and the calculated
pressure is 0.0001 inches of mercury (0.3 Pa). The pressure quantity expressed in inches of
mercury is converted to Pascal following Table 33 above. For altitude expressed in meters,
meters are converted to feet using 1 m = 3.28084 ft.
The following formulas are used to convert altitude in ft (H) into pressure (P) in inHg and from
pressure to altitude. There are three different equations depending on the range.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 134

 7. APPENDIX

Low Altitude: H < 36089 ft and P > 6.6832426 inHg

Mid Altitude: 65617ft > H > 36089 ft and 1.6167295 inHg < P < 6.6832426 inHg

High Altitude: H >65617ft and P < 1.6167295 inHg

7.2.3 AIRSPEED
RPM-AD has the ability to determine true airspeed, calibrated air speed and the Mach
number. True airspeed unit selections are indicated by using upper case for the unit symbol
(e.g. KTS, MPH). Mach and true airspeed unit of measure are dependent on static pressure
and/or temperature. Calibrated airspeed is a function of differential pressure only. All
airspeed calculations are based on the international standard ISO 1151-5.
Calibrated Airspeed
Calibrated airspeed is the expected airspeed at sea level atmospheric conditions. Some texts
refer to this version of airspeed as “calibrated” airspeed because the value is corrected for
specific atmospheric conditions. Other texts refer to it as “indicated airspeed” since the displayed
value is what one would expect to see on a mechanical airspeed indicator in a plane.
The equations below are used to determine calibrated airspeed from a given differential
pressure. There are two cases: 1) when the calculated airspeed is less than the speed of
sound at sea level, 2) when the calculated airspeed is greater than the speed of sound at sea
level. For the second case, the Mach number is determined assuming atmospheric static
pressure. The Mach number times the speed of sound is the resultant air speed. In both
cases, the resultant airspeed value is in meters per second. Length and time unit
conversions are applied to yield all cases of airspeed units.

Page 135 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

True Airspeed
True airspeed is the airspeed adjusted for the current altitude and specified temperature.
The measured static pressure and input temperature impact the final air speed value. The
fundamental equations and process are identical to the calibrated airspeed case. The
exception is that the P and T values are the current static pressure and temperature instead
of standard pressure (101325 Pa) and temperature (15 ºC by convention) at sea level.

Subsonic speeds (V<at)

Supersonic speeds (V>at)

Airspeed variable definitions

VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

Vc Calculated airspeed in meters per second assuming sea level atmospheric

conditions. P = 101325 Pa and T = 288.15K

Vt Calculated true airspeed in meters per second. The measured value for static
pressure and user input value for temperature are used to determine V.

V Calculated air speed in meters per second. The input P and T conditions determine
true or calibrated air speed.

at Speed of sound as a function of static temperature.

qc The differential pressure in Pa.

P Static pressure in Pa. For calibrated airspeed, 101325Pa is always used.

T Static temperature in K. For calibrated airspeed, 288.15K (15 ºC) is always used.

Pt The optionally input total pressure in Pa. This pressure is also referred to as the
dynamic pressure.

R Gas constant. 287.05287 j/(Kkg)

γ Constant ratio of specific heats of air (1.400).

M Calculated Mach number as a function of static pressure.

qc The input or calculated differential pressure converted into Pa.

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 136

 7. APPENDIX

Airspeed dimension/time corrections

AIRSPEED CORRECTION FACTOR
UNIT MULTIPLY VC BY

m/s 1.0

ft/s 1/0 .3048

mph 2.236936292054

km/h 3.6

knot 1.9438444924

Mach Number
The Mach number is defined as the ratio of true airspeed to the local speed of sound. Mach
number is converted based on the international standard ISO 1151-5. The conversion of
Mach number requires two pressure inputs: differential pressure and static pressure.
The equations below are used to determine the Mach number. There are two cases: 1)when
the Mach number is less than 1; 2) when the Mach number is greater than 1. For the second
case, an iteration is performed on the Mach number starting with the Mach number
calculated for the subsonic case. The iteration continues until the change in calculated Mach
number between iteration cycles is less than 0.01 parts per million.
For M<1

Page 137 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

For M>1
Start with M for the case in which M<1

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 138

 8. WARRANTY

8. WARRANTY

8.1 OVERVIEW
Except to the extent limited or otherwise provided herein, DH Instruments, a Fluke Company warrants
for one year from purchase, each new product sold by it or one of its authorized distributors, only against
defects in workmanship and/or materials under normal service and use. Products which have been
changed or altered in any manner from their original design, or which are improperly or defectively
installed, serviced or used are not covered by this warranty.

DH Instruments, a Fluke Company and any of its Authorized Service Providers’ obligations with respect
to this warranty are limited to the repair or replacement of defective products after their inspection and
verification of such defects. All products to be considered for repair or replacement are to be returned to
DH Instruments or its Authorized Service Provider after receiving authorization from DH Instruments or
its Authorized Service Provider. The purchaser assumes all liability vis a vis third parties in respect of its
acts or omissions involving use of the products. In no event shall DH Instruments be liable to purchaser
for any unforeseeable or indirect damage, it being expressly stated that, for the purpose of this warranty,
such indirect damage includes, but is not limited to, loss of production, profits, revenue, or goodwill,
even if DH Instruments has been advised of the possibility thereof, and regardless of whether such
products are used individually or as components in other products.

The provisions of this warranty and limitation may not be modified in any respect except in writing signed
by a duly authorized officer of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

The above warranty and the obligations and liability of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company and its
Authorized Service Providers exclude any other warranties or liabilities of any kind.

RPM4-AD units delivered under certain US government contracts have extended warranties. In this case,
the warranty period is listed on a sticker on the rear panel. The extended warranty extends the standard 1
year warranty, providing for remedy of defects in materials, workmanship and manufacturing. The
extended warranty is not an extended service contract. Items returned for service not covered under the
warranty terms are subject to standard service charges including charges for evaluation and/or analysis
when no defect is found.

Page 139 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 34. DHI Authorized Service Providers

DH INSTRUMENTS, A FLUKE COMPANY

AUTHORIZED SERVICE PROVIDERS
TELEPHONE, NORMAL SUPPORT
COMPANY ADDRESS FAX & EMAIL REGION
DH Instruments, a Fluke 4765 East Beautiful Lane Tel 602.431.9100 Worldwide
Company Phoenix AZ 85044-5318 Fax 602.431.9559
USA [email protected]

Minerva Meettechniek B.V. Chrysantstraat 1 Tel (+31) 33.46.22.000 European Union

3812 WX Amersfoort Fax (+31) 33.46.22.218
the NETHERLANDS [email protected]
Ohte Giken, Inc. 258-1, Nakadai Tel 81/29.840.9111 Japan/Asia
Technology Center Kasumigaura-machi, Fax 81/29.840.9100
Niihari-Gun, [email protected]
Ibaraki 300-0133
DH Products Technical National Institute of Metrology Tel 010.64291994 ext 5 Peoples Republic of
Service Division Heat Division Tel 010.64218637 ext 5 China
Pressure & Vacuum Lab Fax 010.64218703
NO. 18, Bei San Huan Donglu [email protected]
Beijing 100013
PR CHINA

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 140

 9. GLOSSARY

9. GLOSSARY
A type of Q-RPT with a built-in vacuum reference that is intrinsically absolute (e.g. A10M).
Axxx
Axxx Q-RPTs support absolute, gauge and negative gauge measurement modes.
Absolute Mode Measurement mode in which the Q-RPT indicates absolute pressure (difference from vacuum).
The Q-RPT that is currently selected to be displayed on the top line of the RPM4-AD
Active Q-RPT
display. Most function selections affect the active Q-RPT.
A function that optimizes RPM4-AD measurement and control for a specific, user
AutoRange
defined range of operation.
AutoRanged Range An RPM4-AD pressure measurement range created using the AutoRange function.
AutoZero or AutoZ A process by which a Q-RPT and measurement mode is rezeroed (offset) relative to a standard.
Barometer RPM4’s on-board atmospheric pressure measuring sensor. Also referred to as on-board barometer.
A type of Q-RPT that is intrinsically gauge and is capable of operating bi-directionally,
BGxxx above and below atmosphere, through zero. BGxxx Q-RPTs support gauge and
negative gauge measurement modes.
Default Range (DF) A Q-RPT’s maximum range that is always available using [RANGE] and cannot be deleted.
A DISPLAY function in which the deviation of the current pressure from a target pressure
Deviation
is displayed.
Device Under Test. The device or devices pneumatically connected to the RPM4-AD
DUT
TEST(+) port that the RPM4-AD is being used to test or calibrate.
Measurement mode in which the measured pressure is the different between the Hi and
Differential mode
Lo Q-RPT (Hi – Lo).
Abbreviation of “full scale”. The full scale value is the maximum pressure of a measurement
FS
range. Limits and specifications are often expressed as % FS. Also see span.
A type of Q-RPT that is intrinsically gauge but only measures pressure greater than
Gxxx
atmosphere. Gxxx Q-RPTs support gauge measurement mode only.
Measurement mode in which the Q-RPT indicates gauge pressure (difference from
Gauge Mode
atmospheric pressure), but only in the positive direction (above atmosphere).
Altitude at pressure corresponding to current atmospheric pressure at measurement
Ground location. When vented and displaying in altitude unit of measure, RPM4-AD displays
“ground” altitude.
Head A difference in height between the RPM4-AD reference level and the DUT.
A DISPLAY function in which the highest and lowest pressure measurements since
HiLo
reset are recorded and displayed.
The designation of a single Q-RPT in an RPM4, or, if there are two, the one that has the
Hi Q-RPT
highest full scale default range.
The designation of the pseudo Q-RPT that results from the combination of using two
HL Q-RPT
Q-RPTs simultaneously in parallel measurement mode.
In an RPM4-AD with two Q-RPTs, the Q-RPT that is not currently displayed on the top
Inactive Q-RPT line of the display. The inactive Q-RPT may be displayed on the second line of the
RPM4-AD display using the RPT DISPLAY function.
The designation of a the Q-RPT with the lower full scale default range in RPM4s with
Lo Q-RPT
two Q-RPTs.
Whether pressure is being measured relative to absolute zero or vacuum (absolute mode)
Measurement Mode
or relative to atmospheric pressure (gauge mode).
Measurement mode in which the Q-RPT indicates gauge pressure (difference from
Negative gauge or
atmospheric pressure), in both positive and negative directions (above and below
compound gauge
atmosphere).
The difference between a Q-RPT reading and the AutoZero reference at the time AutoZ
Poffset is run. Used by the AutoZ function when Auto Z is ON to compensate Q-RPT readings
for changes in zero over time.
AutoZero reference value. Value indicated by the device against which the Q-RPT is
Pstd,0
zeroed by AutoZ.
PA Pressure adder, used to offset a Q-RPT or barometer to calibrate it.

Page 141 © 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

RPM4-AD™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PM Pressure multiplier, used to adjust span of a Q-RPT or barometer to calibrate it.

Operating mode of RPM4s with two Q-RPTs in which both Q-RPTs are used to measure
Parallel Measurement
together in parallel and the indicated pressure is the average of their readings. This
Mode
creates a pseudo Q-RPT designated HL.
The maximum pressure limit of a Q-RPT. If the pressure measured by the Q-RPT
Pmax!
exceeds Pmax!, an overpressure condition occurs.
Pressure controller calibrator manufactured by DHI. RPM4-AD can be used as an
PPC3
external reference device for a PPC3. PPC3 automates RPM4-AD pressure control.
The transducer used by RPM4-AD for low uncertainty pressure measurement. May be
Q-RPT designated as Hi, Lo or HL depending on its position and role in t he RPM4-AD.
(Quartz Reference Q-RPTs are designated by a leading A, G or BG (absolute, gauge or bi-directional
Pressure Transducer) gauge) followed by three numbers and a letter indicating the maximum range of the
Q-RPT in kPa (nnnK) or MPa (nnnM).
A DISPLAY function in which the rate of change of pressure in pressure unit/second is
Rate
displayed.
Front panel LED indication of when the pressure measured by RPM4’s active Q-RPT is
Ready/Not Ready stable within the stability limit. Leading character of the second line when the inactive Q-
RPT is displayed on the second line in RPT DISPLAY mode.
Parallel measurement mode in which both Q-RPTs of an RPM4-AD with two Q-RPTs
RPT2x
are used together and the indicated pressure is the average of their measurements.
SDS (Self Defense A system to protect Q-RPTs from overpressure made up of isolation and vent valves
System) and internal operating logic. Applies only to Q-RPTs designated A7M or lower.
The difference between FS and the lowest point in a range. For example, the span of a
Span
100 kPa FS range in negative gauge mode is nominally 200 kPa (from - 100 kPa to 100 kPa).
A limit expressed in units of pressure per second (e.g., kPa/second). The stability limit is used
Stability Limit as the Ready/Not Ready criterion. Ready if rate of change is less than stability limit.
Not Ready if rate of change is greater than stability limit.
Target The value from which deviations are measured in the Deviation DISPLAY function.
A user settable maximum pressure limit. When pressure exceeds UL, RPM4-AD beeps
UL (Upper Limit)
intermittently. In negative gauge measurement mode, there is also a user settable lower limit.
Levels of security that can be set to protect certain RPM4-AD functions from being
User Level
accessed.
On-board automated test sequence that AutoRanges RPM4-AD based on
QDUT
characteristics of the Device Under Test (DUT).

© 2005-2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company Page 142